Engine Control System: Section
Engine Control System: Section
Engine Control System: Section
E
CONTENTS
VQ40DE EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............... 46 F
Description ...............................................................46
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 14
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ................ 49 G
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .........14 Description ...............................................................49
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 14
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM ............ 50
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ....................20 Description ...............................................................50 H
Basic Inspection ...................................................... 20 Vacuum Hose Drawing ............................................52
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 24
Procedure After Replacing ECM ............................. 25 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 53
I
VIN Registration ...................................................... 25 Introduction ..............................................................53
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ....... 26 Two Trip Detection Logic .........................................53
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................. 26 Emission-related Diagnostic Information .................54
Idle Air Volume Learning ......................................... 26 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................66 J
OBD System Operation Chart .................................69
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS .............................. 29 CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ...........................74
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function .........................83 K
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................29
System Diagram ...................................................... 29 COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 85
Engine Control Component Parts Location ............. 30
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION L
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .........37 VALUE ............................................................... 85
System Description ................................................. 37 Description ...............................................................85
Testing Condition .....................................................85 M
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .........................40 Inspection Procedure ...............................................85
System Description ................................................. 40 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................85
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...............41 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 93 N
Input/Output Signal Chart ........................................ 41
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................93
System Description ................................................. 41
Ground Inspection ...................................................96
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE O
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............... 97
(ASCD) ...............................................................42 Description ...............................................................97
System Description ................................................. 42 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................97
Component Description ........................................... 43 P
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................97
CAN COMMUNICATION ....................................44 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................97
System Description ................................................. 44 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 98
COOLING FAN CONTROL ................................45 Description ...............................................................98
Description .............................................................. 45 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................98
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................98
EC-1
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 98 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR .............................. 130
Component Description ........................................ 130
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL ........................... 99 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 130
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 130
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 99 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................100 Component Inspection .......................................... 133
Component Inspection ...........................................101
P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 134
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 Component Description ........................................ 134
HEATER ........................................................... 102 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 134
Description .............................................................102 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 134
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................102 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 135
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................102 Component Inspection .......................................... 135
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................102
Component Inspection ...........................................104 P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................... 137
Component Description ........................................ 137
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT- On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 137
ER .................................................................... 105 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 137
Description .............................................................105 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 138
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................105 Component Inspection .......................................... 138
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................105
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................106 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .................. 140
Component Inspection ...........................................107 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 140
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 140
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 140
VALVE ............................................................. 109 Component Inspection .......................................... 140
Component Description .........................................109
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................109 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 142
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................109 Component Description ........................................ 142
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................109 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 142
Component Inspection ...........................................110 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 142
Overall Function Check ......................................... 143
P0101 MAF SENSOR ...................................... 112 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 143
Component Description .........................................112
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................112 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 146
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................112 Component Description ........................................ 146
Overall Function Check .........................................113 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 146
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................114 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 146
Component Inspection ...........................................116 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 147
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 118 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 150
Component Description .........................................118 Component Description ........................................ 150
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................118 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 150
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................118 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 150
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................119 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151
Component Inspection ...........................................120
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 154
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 123 Component Description ........................................ 154
Component Description .........................................123 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 154
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................123 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 154
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................123 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................123
Component Inspection ...........................................125
P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ....................................... 159
Component Description ........................................ 159
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 126 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 159
Component Description .........................................126 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 159
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................126 Overall Function Check ......................................... 160
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................127 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................127 Component Inspection .......................................... 163
Component Inspection ...........................................128
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ....................................... 165
EC-2
Component Description ......................................... 165 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 211
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 165 Component Description ......................................... 211 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 166 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 211
Overall Function Check ......................................... 166 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 211
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211 EC
Component Inspection .......................................... 171 Component Inspection ........................................... 213
P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ...................................... 173 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ......... 215
Component Description ......................................... 173 Component Description ......................................... 215 C
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 173 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 215
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 173 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 215
Overall Function Check ......................................... 174 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 216 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174 Component Inspection ........................................... 218
Component Inspection .......................................... 177
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ...................................................... 219 E
FUNCTION ....................................................... 179 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 219
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 179 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 219
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 179 Overall Function Check ......................................... 220 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 180 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 220
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 224
G
FUNCTION ....................................................... 185 System Description ................................................ 224
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 185 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 224
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 185 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 224
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 186 Overall Function Check ......................................... 225 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 225
P0181 FTT SENSOR ........................................ 191 Component Inspection ........................................... 228
Component Description ......................................... 191 I
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 191 P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 229
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 191 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 229
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 192 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 230
Component Inspection .......................................... 193 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230 J
Component Inspection ........................................... 235
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ........................... 194
Component Description ......................................... 194 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME K
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 194 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 236
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 194 Description ............................................................. 236
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 236
L
Component Inspection .......................................... 196 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 237
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 237
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 197 Component Inspection ........................................... 240
Component Description ......................................... 197 M
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 197 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 197 VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 241
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 197 Description ............................................................. 241 N
Component Inspection .......................................... 200 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 241
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 242
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242
P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE ....................... 201 O
Component Inspection ........................................... 243
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 201
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 201 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 202 VALVE ............................................................. 244 P
Component Description ......................................... 244
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS .................... 208 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 244
Component Description ......................................... 208
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 244
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 208
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 208
Component Inspection ........................................... 246
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 208
Component Inspection .......................................... 210
EC-3
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 284
VALVE ............................................................. 248 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 284
Component Description .........................................248
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................248
P0500 VSS ........................................................ 286
Description ............................................................ 286
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................248
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 286
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................249
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 286
Component Inspection ...........................................250
Overall Function Check ......................................... 287
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 287
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 253
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 288
Component Description .........................................253
Description ............................................................ 288
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................253
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 288
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................253
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 288
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................253
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 288
Component Inspection ...........................................254
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 290
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
Description ............................................................ 290
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 256 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 290
Component Description .........................................256
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 290
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................256 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 290
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................256
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................257 P0550 PSP SENSOR ....................................... 292
Component Inspection ...........................................259 Component Description ........................................ 292
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 292
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES- DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 292
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 260 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 292
Component Description .........................................260 Component Inspection .......................................... 294
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................260
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................260 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 295
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................261 Component Description ........................................ 295
Component Inspection ...........................................264 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 295
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 295
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 265 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 295
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................265
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................265 P0605 ECM ....................................................... 297
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................266 Component Description ........................................ 297
Component Inspection ...........................................270 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 297
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 297
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 272 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 298
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................272
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................273 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 299
Overall Function Check .........................................273 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 299
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................274 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 299
Component Inspection ...........................................279 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 299
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 280 P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 302
Component Description .........................................280 Component Description ........................................ 302
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................280 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 302
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................280 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 302
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................280 Overall Function Check ......................................... 302
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 303
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 282
Component Description .........................................282 P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ..... 305
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................282 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 305
Overall Function Check .........................................282
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................283 P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ........................... 306
Description ............................................................ 306
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........... 284 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 306
Component Description .........................................284 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 306
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................284 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 306
EC-4
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 307 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 334
Description ............................................................ 307 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 334 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 307 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 334
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 307 Component Inspection ........................................... 336
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 307
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 338 EC
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 308 Component Description ......................................... 338
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 308 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 338
Overall Function Check ......................................... 308 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 338 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 309 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 339
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................ 310 Component Inspection ........................................... 342
D
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 312 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 343
Component Description ......................................... 312 Component Description ......................................... 343
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 312 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 343
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 312 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 343 E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 312 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 343
P1421 COLD START CONTROL ..................... 316 P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 346
Description ............................................................ 316 Component Description ......................................... 346 H
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 316 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 346
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 316 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 346
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 316 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 346
I
Component Inspection ........................................... 347
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 318
Component Description ......................................... 318 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 349
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 318 Description ............................................................. 349 J
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 318 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 349
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 318 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 349
Component Inspection .......................................... 320 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 349 K
Component Inspection ........................................... 351
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN-
SOR .................................................................. 322 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
Component Description ......................................... 322 TOR RELAY .................................................... 352 L
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 322 Component Description ......................................... 352
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 322 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 352
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 322 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 352 M
Component Inspection .......................................... 324 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 352
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 326 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Component Description ......................................... 326 FUNCTION ...................................................... 355 N
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 326 Description ............................................................. 355
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 326 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 355
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 326 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 355 O
Component Inspection .......................................... 328 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 355
Component Inspection ........................................... 358
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 330
P
Component Description ......................................... 330 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 359
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 330 Component Description ......................................... 359
Overall Function Check ......................................... 330 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 359
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 331 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 359
Component Inspection .......................................... 332 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 359
Component Inspection ........................................... 360
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 334
Component Description ......................................... 334
EC-5
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 392
ACTUATOR ..................................................... 361 Component Inspection .......................................... 395
Component Description .........................................361
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................361
FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 396
Description ............................................................ 396
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................361
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 396
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................362
Component Inspection .......................................... 399
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................... 363
Component Description .........................................363
IGNITION SIGNAL ............................................ 400
Component Description ........................................ 400
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................363
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 400
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................363
Component Inspection .......................................... 403
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................364
Component Inspection ...........................................365 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOV-
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................... 366 ERY (ORVR) ..................................................... 405
Component Description .........................................366 System Description ............................................... 405
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................366 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 405
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................366 Component Inspection .......................................... 408
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................366 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 410
Component Inspection ...........................................369
Description ............................................................ 410
P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 370 Component Inspection .......................................... 410
Component Description .........................................370 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 412
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................370
Component Description ........................................ 412
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................370
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 412
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................370
Component Inspection ...........................................373 VIAS .................................................................. 415
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 415
P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 374 Component Inspection .......................................... 417
Component Description .........................................374
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................374 ECU DIAGNOSIS ...................................... 419
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................374
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................375 ECM .................................................................. 419
Component Inspection ...........................................377 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 419
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 378 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 422
Component Description .........................................378 ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 422
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................378 Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -. 431
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................378 Fail-Safe Chart ...................................................... 450
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................379 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 452
DTC Index ............................................................. 453
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 383
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 456
Component Description .........................................383
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................383 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 470
Component Inspection ...........................................386
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 470
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 387 Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 470
Component Description .........................................387
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................387 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 474
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
COOLING FAN ................................................ 388 Speed) .................................................................. 474
Description .............................................................388
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................388 PRECAUTION ........................................... 475
Component Inspection ...........................................389
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 475
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 390 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Description .............................................................390 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................390 SIONER" ............................................................... 475
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover. 475
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 392 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and
Component Description .........................................392 A/T ........................................................................ 475
EC-6
Precaution ............................................................. 476 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ..... 508
System Description ................................................ 508 A
PREPARATION ......................................... 479
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ...................... 511
PREPARATION ................................................ 479 System Description ................................................ 511
Special Service Tool ............................................. 479 EC
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 480 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............ 512
Input/Output Signal Chart ...................................... 512
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE .................. 481 System Description ................................................ 512 C
FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 481 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................. 481 (ASCD) ............................................................ 513
D
System Description ................................................ 513
EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 483
Component Description ......................................... 514
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ...................... 483
CAN COMMUNICATION ................................. 515 E
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 484 System Description ................................................ 515
EVAP CANISTER ............................................. 484 COOLING FAN CONTROL ............................. 516
Component Inspection .......................................... 484 F
Description ............................................................. 516
Removal and Installation ....................................... 484
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 517
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Description ............................................................. 517 G
(SDS) .......................................................... 485
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .............. 520
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Description ............................................................. 520
(SDS) ................................................................ 485 H
Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 485 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 521
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 485 Introduction ............................................................ 521
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 485 Two Trip Detection Logic ....................................... 521 I
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 485 Emission-related Diagnostic Information ............... 522
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 485 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 534
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 485 OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 537
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ......................... 542 J
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater .................... 485
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ........................... 486 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 551
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................ 486
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 486 COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 554 K
Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 486 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 486
VALUE ............................................................. 554
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 486 L
Description ............................................................. 554
VK56DE Testing Condition ................................................... 554
Inspection Procedure ............................................. 554
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 487 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 555
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 487
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 562
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 487
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 562
N
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................. 492 Ground Inspection ................................................. 565
Basic Inspection .................................................... 492
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............. 566
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 496
Description ............................................................. 566 O
Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 496
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 566
VIN Registration .................................................... 496
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 566
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ..... 497
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 566 P
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 497
Idle Air Volume Learning ....................................... 497 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 567
Description ............................................................. 567
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 500 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 567
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 500 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 567
System Diagram .................................................... 500 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 567
Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 501 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL ......................... 568
EC-7
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................568 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 603
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................568 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 603
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................569 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 603
Component Inspection ...........................................573 Component Inspection .......................................... 606
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 607
HEATER ........................................................... 575 Component Description ........................................ 607
Description .............................................................575 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 607
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................575 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 607
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................575 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 608
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................575 Component Inspection .......................................... 608
Component Inspection ...........................................577
P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................... 610
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT- Component Description ........................................ 610
ER .................................................................... 578 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 610
Description .............................................................578 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 610
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................578 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 611
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................578 Component Inspection .......................................... 611
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................579
Component Inspection ...........................................580
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .................. 613
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 613
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 613
VALVE ............................................................. 582 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 613
Component Description .........................................582 Component Inspection .......................................... 614
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................582
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 615
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................582
Component Description ........................................ 615
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................582
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 615
Component Inspection ...........................................583
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 615
P0101 MAF SENSOR ...................................... 585 Overall Function Check ......................................... 616
Component Description .........................................585 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 616
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................585
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 619
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................585
Component Description ........................................ 619
Overall Function Check .........................................586
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 619
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................587
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 619
Component Inspection ...........................................589
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 620
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 591
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 623
Component Description .........................................591
Component Description ........................................ 623
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................591
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 623
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................591
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 623
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................592
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 624
Component Inspection ...........................................593
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 627
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 596
Component Description ........................................ 627
Component Description .........................................596
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 627
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................596
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 627
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................596
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 628
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................596
Component Inspection ...........................................598 P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ....................................... 633
Component Description ........................................ 633
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 599
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 633
Component Description .........................................599
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 633
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................599
Overall Function Check ......................................... 634
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................600
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 634
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................600
Component Inspection .......................................... 636
Component Inspection ...........................................601
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ....................................... 638
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 603
Component Description ........................................ 638
Component Description .........................................603
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 638
EC-8
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 638 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 681
Overall Function Check ......................................... 639 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 681 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 640 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 681
Component Inspection .......................................... 644 Component Inspection ........................................... 683
P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ...................................... 646 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 685 EC
Component Description ......................................... 646 Component Description ......................................... 685
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 646 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 685
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 646 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 685 C
Overall Function Check ......................................... 647 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 686
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 647 Component Inspection ........................................... 687
Component Inspection .......................................... 649 D
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ...................................................... 689
FUNCTION ....................................................... 651 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 689
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 651 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 689 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 651 Overall Function Check ......................................... 690
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 652 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 690
F
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 694
FUNCTION ....................................................... 656 System Description ................................................ 694
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 656 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 694
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 694 G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 656
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 657 Overall Function Check ......................................... 695
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 695
P0181 FTT SENSOR ........................................ 661 Component Inspection ........................................... 698 H
Component Description ......................................... 661
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 661 P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 699
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 661 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 699
I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 662 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 700
Component Inspection .......................................... 663 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 700
Component Inspection ........................................... 705
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ........................... 664 J
Component Description ......................................... 664 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 664 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 707
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 664 Description ............................................................. 707 K
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 664 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 707
Component Inspection .......................................... 666 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 708
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 708
P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR ........................... 667 L
Component Inspection ........................................... 711
Component Description ......................................... 667
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 667 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 667 VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 712 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 667 Description ............................................................. 712
Component Inspection .......................................... 670 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 712
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 713 N
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 713
P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE ....................... 671 Component Inspection ........................................... 714
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 671
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 671 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 672 VALVE ............................................................. 715
Component Description ......................................... 715
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS .................... 678 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 715 P
Component Description ......................................... 678 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 715
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 678 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 715
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 678 Component Inspection ........................................... 717
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 678
Component Inspection .......................................... 680 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ............................................................. 719
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 681 Component Description ......................................... 719
Component Description ......................................... 681
EC-9
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................719 Description ............................................................ 757
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................719 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 757
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................720 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 757
Component Inspection ...........................................721 Overall Function Check ......................................... 758
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 758
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 724 P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 759
Component Description .........................................724 Description ............................................................ 759
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................724 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 759
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................724 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 759
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................724 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 759
Component Inspection ...........................................725
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 761
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES- Description ............................................................ 761
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 727 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 761
Component Description .........................................727 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 761
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................727 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 761
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................727
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................728
P0550 PSP SENSOR ....................................... 763
Component Description ........................................ 763
Component Inspection ...........................................730
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 763
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES- DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 763
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 731 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 763
Component Description .........................................731 Component Inspection .......................................... 765
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................731
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 766
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................731
Component Description ........................................ 766
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................732
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 766
Component Inspection ...........................................735
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 766
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 736 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 766
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................736
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 768
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................736
Component Description ........................................ 768
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................737
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 768
Component Inspection ...........................................741
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 768
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 743 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 769
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................743
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 770
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................744
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 770
Overall Function Check .........................................744
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 770
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................745
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 770
Component Inspection ...........................................750
P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 773
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 751
Component Description ........................................ 773
Component Description .........................................751
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 773
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................751
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 773
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................751
Overall Function Check ......................................... 773
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................751
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 774
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 753
P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION
Component Description .........................................753
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................753
SENSOR ........................................................... 776
Component Description ........................................ 776
Overall Function Check .........................................753
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 776
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................754
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 776
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........... 755 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 776
Component Description .........................................755 Component Inspection .......................................... 779
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................755
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................755
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ..... 780
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 780
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................755
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 757 P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ........................... 781
EC-10
Description ............................................................ 781 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 806
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 781 Component Inspection ........................................... 807 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 781
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 781 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 809
Component Description ......................................... 809
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 782 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 809 EC
Description ............................................................ 782 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 809
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 782 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 810
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 782 Component Inspection ........................................... 812 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 782
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 813
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 783 Component Description ......................................... 813
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 783 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 813
Overall Function Check ......................................... 783 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 813
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 784 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 814
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................ 785 Component Inspection ........................................... 817 E
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 787 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 818
Component Description ......................................... 787 Component Description ......................................... 818 F
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 787 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 818
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 787 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 818
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 787 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 818
G
P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 789 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 820
Component Description ......................................... 789 Description ............................................................. 820
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 789 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 820 H
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 789 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 820
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 789 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 820
Component Inspection ........................................... 822
P1421 COLD START CONTROL ..................... 791 I
Description ............................................................ 791 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 791 TOR RELAY .................................................... 823
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 791 Component Description ......................................... 823 J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 791 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 823
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 823
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 793 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 823
Component Description ......................................... 793 K
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 793 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 793 FUNCTION ...................................................... 826
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 793 Description ............................................................. 826 L
Component Inspection .......................................... 795 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 826
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 826
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 826 M
SOR .................................................................. 797 Component Inspection ........................................... 829
Component Description ......................................... 797
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 797 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 830
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 797 Component Description ......................................... 830 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 797 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 830
Component Inspection .......................................... 799 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 830
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 830 O
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 801 Component Inspection ........................................... 831
Component Description ......................................... 801
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 801 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 801 P
ACTUATOR ..................................................... 832
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 801 Component Description ......................................... 832
Component Inspection .......................................... 803 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 832
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 832
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 805 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 833
Component Description ......................................... 805
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 805 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 834
Overall Function Check ......................................... 805 Component Description .......................................
EC-11
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................834 Component Description ........................................ 870
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................834 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 870
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................834 Component Inspection .......................................... 873
Component Inspection ...........................................836
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOV-
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................... 837 ERY (ORVR) ..................................................... 875
Component Description .........................................837 System Description ............................................... 875
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................837 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 875
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................837 Component Inspection .......................................... 878
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................837
Component Inspection ...........................................840 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 880
Description ............................................................ 880
P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 841 Component Inspection .......................................... 880
Component Description .........................................841
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................841 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 882
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................841 Component Description ........................................ 882
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................841 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 882
Component Inspection ...........................................844
ECU DIAGNOSIS ...................................... 885
P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 845
Component Description .........................................845 ECM .................................................................. 885
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................845 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................845 Mode ..................................................................... 885
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................846 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 888
Component Inspection ...........................................848 ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 888
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -. 897
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 849 Fail-Safe Chart ...................................................... 916
Component Description .........................................849 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 918
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................849 DTC Index ............................................................. 919
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................849 Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 923
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................850
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 937
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 855
Component Description .........................................855 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 937
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................855 Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 937
Component Inspection ...........................................858
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 941
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 859 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Component Description .........................................859 Speed) .................................................................. 941
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................859
PRECAUTION ........................................... 942
COOLING FAN ................................................ 860
Description .............................................................860
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 942
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................860
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Component Inspection ...........................................861
SIONER" ............................................................... 942
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 862 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and
Description .............................................................862 A/T ........................................................................ 942
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................862 Precaution ............................................................. 942
EC-12
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ...................... 950 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 953
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 953 A
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 952 Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 953
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 953
EVAP CANISTER ............................................. 952 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 953
Component Inspection .......................................... 952 EC
A/F Sensor 1 Heater .............................................. 953
Removal and Installation ....................................... 952
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ........................... 954
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................ 954
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 954 C
(SDS) .......................................................... 953 Throttle Control Motor ............................................ 954
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Fuel Injector ........................................................... 954
(SDS) ................................................................ 953 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 954 D
Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 953
EC-13
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000001366459
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on "Work Flow".
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on "Worksheet Sample" should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
WORK FLOW
EC-14
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
Overall Sequence
A
EC
PBIB3637E
Detailed Flow P
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET".
>> GO TO 2.
EC-15
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
2.CHECK DTC*1
1. Check DTC*1.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.)
- Erase DTC*1. (Refer to EC-453, "DTC Index".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-470.)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1, and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-452, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
• Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to GI-47, "Work Flow".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-20, "Basic Inspection".
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP
value using CONSULT-III “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-85, "Description".
EC-16
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9. A
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
EC
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11. C
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-470, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom D
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10. E
K
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again, L
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected. M
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6. N
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM
and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-453, "DTC Index" and TM-33, "OBD-II
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".) O
2. If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to
EC-453, "DTC Index".
3. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC. P
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
EC-17
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC-18
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
LEC031A
EC-19
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000001366437
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
EC-20
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. A
EC
PBIA8513J
D
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-24, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
E
625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III F
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute. G
3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-24, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
>> GO TO 5.
K
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
L
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING M
Refer to EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No N
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
O
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-24, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
EC-21
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-24, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-24, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
BBIA0531E
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
EC-22
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. A
2. GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-24, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". C
BBIA0531E
K
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-61, "Removal and Installation".
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4. M
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. N
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OK or NG
O
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
P
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement"
(with Intelligent Key system) or SEC-100, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
: Special Repair Requirement" (without Intelligent Key system).
EC-23
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
Did you replace the ECM, referring this Basic Inspection Procedure?
Yes or No
Yes >> 1. Perform EC-25, "VIN Registration".
2. INSPECTION END
No >> INSPECTION END
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check INFOID:0000000001366438
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST
Check idle speed with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
BBIA0530E
BBIA0531E
Method B
1. Remove No. 4 ignition coil.
BBIA0586E
EC-24
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
2. Connect No. 4 ignition coil and No. 4 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this A
wire.
EC
BBIA0533E
D
G
SEF166Y
BBIA0531E
K
Procedure After Replacing ECM INFOID:0000000001366439
DESCRIPTION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. P
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-33, "Identification Number".
2. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
EC-25
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
3. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
4. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning INFOID:0000000001366441
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning INFOID:0000000001366442
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning INFOID:0000000001366443
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• PNP switch: ON
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the headlamp will not be illuminated.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates
less than 0.9V.
- Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
EC-26
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. A
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to C
the Diagnostic Procedure below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. D
ITEM SPECIFICATION
E
Idle speed 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
F
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has G
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". H
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
I
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, then turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. J
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops K
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle. L
11. Wait 20 seconds.
O
SEC897C
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. P
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
EC-27
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCE-
DURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-85.
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
EC-28
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000001366287
EC
JMBIA0741GB
EC-29
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000001366463
BBIA0536E
EC-30
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
BBIA0578E
EC-31
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
AWBIA0135ZZ
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. EVAP service port 3. Oil filler cap
solenoid valve (view with engine
cover removed)
4. Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) 5. EVAP control system pressure sen- 6. EVAP canister vent control valve
sor
7. EVAP canister 8. Drain filter 9. Power steering pressure sensor
10. Throttle valve (view with intake air 11. Electric throttle control actuator 12. Intake manifold collector
duct removed)
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid 14. Intake valve timing control solenoid 15. Cooling fan motor harness connec-
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) (view with engine cov- tor (view with battery removed)
er and intake air duct removed)
16. Fuel pump, fuel level sensor unit and 17. Fuel pressure regulator
fuel filter
: Front
EC-32
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
PBIB2530E
EC-33
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
BBIA0577E
EC-34
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
PBIB2646E
EC-35
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
BBIA0581E
EC-36
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000001366288
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION J
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air K
flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
L
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase> M
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation N
• When selector lever is changed from N to D
• High-load, high-speed operation
O
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
P
EC-37
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB3020E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-142. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration
• High-load, high-speed operation
• Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit
• Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• During warm-up
• After shifting from N to D
• When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC-38
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A
EC
SEF179U
EC-39
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000001366289
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1-2-3-4-5-6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
EC-40
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
A
Input/Output Signal Chart INFOID:0000000001366328
EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*1
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. H
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. I
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. J
EC-41
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description INFOID:0000000001366374
C
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-334.
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH D
Refer to EC-338 and EC-383.
STOP LAMP SWITCH E
Refer to EC-338, EC-349 and EC-383.
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-352, EC-355, EC-359 and EC-361. F
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-387.
G
EC-43
CAN COMMUNICATION
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description INFOID:0000000001366381
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-56, "CAN System Specification Chart", about CAN communication for detail.
EC-44
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
COOLING FAN CONTROL
A
Description INFOID:0000000001376337
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
Cooling Fan Control
PBIB2531E
M
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.
N
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
LO HI
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF O
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) ON ON
P
EC-45
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000001366382
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3639E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating.
EC-46
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
A
EC
PBIB2528E
P
EC-47
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBIA0366ZZ
1. EVAP vapor purge line 2. EVAP control system pressure sen- 3. EVAP canister vent control valve
sor
4. EVAP canister 5. Drain filter 6. Fuel filler pipe
:Vehicle front
:Previous page
EC-48
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
A
Description INFOID:0000000001370704
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
J
PBIB3279E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant K
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. L
EC-49
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000001381719
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB1822E
When the engine is running at medium speed, the ECM sends the ON signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore closes
the power valve.
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the total length of passage A and pas-
sage B. This long intake manifold provides increased amount of intake air, which results in improved suction
efficiency and higher torque.
When engine is running at low or high speed, the ECM sends the OFF signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve and the power valve is opened.
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the length of passage B. This short-
ened intake manifold length results in enhanced engine output due to reduced suction resistance under high
speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve
EC-50
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys- A
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
EC
valve.
BBIA0569E
D
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the E
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator. F
G
BBIA0569E
EC-51
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000001381726
PBIB2529E
EC-52
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Introduction INFOID:0000000001366429
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua- EC
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
J
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd K
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. L
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Items
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip M
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing
EC-53
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-54
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
EC
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE H
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
I
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT J
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's K
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. L
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested. M
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. N
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
O
SRT item Perfor-
(CONSULT-III indica- mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
tion) ority*1 P
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
EVAP SYSTEM 1 EVAP control system P0442
2 EVAP control system P0456
EC-55
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SRT item Perfor-
(CONSULT-III indica- mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
tion) ority*1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
HO2S 1
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
EC-56
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review A
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
EC
M
PBIB2320E
*1 "How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC" *2 "How to Display SRT Status" *3 "How to Set SRT Code" N
How to Display SRT Status
WITH CONSULT-III
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. O
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose
SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
NOTE: P
Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
WITH GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
NO TOOLS
A SRT code itself can no be displayed while only SRT status can be.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
EC-57
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. SRT status is indicated as shown below.
• When all SRT codes are set, MIL lights up continuously.
• When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will flash periodically for 10 seconds.
PBIB2317E
EC-58
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
PBIB3622E
P
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC-59
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
• The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 107 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Replace the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed
from 90km/h (56MPH) to 0km/h (0MPH).
Pattern 4:
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-
state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all
over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56
MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for
more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle
PBIB2244E
speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
EC-60
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC-61
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage
P0151 83H 0BH
for test cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage
P0151 84H 0BH
for test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage
P0150 85H 0BH
for test cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage
P0150 86H 0BH
for test cycle
EC-62
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp
P0400 80H 96H
change rate (short term)
C
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp
P0400 81H 96H
change rate (long term)
EGR Low Flow Faults: Difference be- D
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H tween max EGR temp and EGR
temp under idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
E
High Flow Faults: EGR temp in-
P1402 84H 96H
crease rate
Difference in pressure sensor out-
39H
EVAP control system leak
P0455 80H 0CH put voltage before and after pull
F
(Cap Off)
down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than
3BH P0442 80H 05H G
(Small leak) 0.04inch)
EVAP Leak area index (for more than
P0456 80H 05H
SYSTEM EVAP control system 0.02inch)
3CH H
(Very small leak) Maximum internal pressure of
P0456 81H FDH
EVAP system during monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor out-
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH put voltage before and after vent I
control value close
A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0031 Converted value of Heater electric
41H 81H 0BH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0032 current to voltage J
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input:P0037 Converted value of Heater electric
42H 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0038 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric K
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) current to voltage
SOR
HEATER A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0051 Converted value of Heater electric
45H 81H 0BH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0052 current to voltage L
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input:P0057 Converted value of Heater electric
46H 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0058 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric M
47H P0063 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) current to voltage
Secondary Air Injection System
P0411 80H 01H
Incorrect Flow Detected
N
Bank1: P0491 Secondary Air Injection System
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 Insufficient Flow
Secondary Air Injection System
P2445 82H 01H O
Pump Stuck Off
SEC-
Secondary Air Injection System
OND- 71H Secondary Air system P2448 83H 01H
High Airflow
ARY AIR P
Bank1: P2440 Secondary Air Injection System
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 Switching Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System
P2440 85H 01H
Switching Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System
P2444 86H 01H
Pump Stuck On
EC-63
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
81H The number of lambda control
(Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
FUEL clamped
SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
82H The number of lambda control
(Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
clamped
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0301 80H 24H
first cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0302 81H 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0303 82H 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0304 83H 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0305 84H 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0306 85H 24H
sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0307 86H 24H
seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0308 87H 24H
eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0300 88H 24H
multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0301 89H 24H
first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfire
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0302 8AH 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0303 8BH 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0304 8CH 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0305 8DH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0306 8EH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0307 8FH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0308 90H 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0300 91H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0300 92H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0300 93H 24H
multiple cylinders
EC-64
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0301 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
for last 10 driving cycles
C
A2H No.1 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0301 0CH 24H
ing cycles
D
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0302 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A3H No.2 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv- E
P0302 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0303 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts F
A4H No.3 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0303 0CH 24H
ing cycles G
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0304 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A5H No.4 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
H
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0304 0CH 24H
ing cycles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
I
P0305 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A6H No.5 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0305 0CH 24H J
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0306 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A7H No.6 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles K
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0306 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted L
P0307 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A8H No.7 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv- M
P0307 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0308 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
for last 10 driving cycles
N
A9H No.8 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0308 0CH 24H
ing cycles
O
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-III P
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ALL Erase” in the
“Description” of “FINAL CHECK” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-453, "DTC Index"), skip step 2.
EC-65
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform TM-33. (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-453, "DTC Index"), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform TM-33. (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-66, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000001366432
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to MWI-3, "Work Flow".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
EC-66
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Engine stopped C
D
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is de-
WARNING tected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip de-
tection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
E
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
F
• One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
G
Engine stopped H
I
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as J
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction. K
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-67
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.
PBIB0092E
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
EC-68
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code. A
EC
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The “A” is indicated by the number of eleven flash. The length of time the J
1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second)
cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. K
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
L
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-453, "DTC Index")
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
M
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to "How
to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses. N
O
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are P
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-53, "Two Trip Detection Logic".
• The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when the
recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the
counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
EC-69
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
EC-70
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
L
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-72
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
L
SEF393SD
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM. O
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip P
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETE-
RIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
EC-73
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
<Driving Pattern A>
AEC574
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000001370568
FUNCTION
EC-74
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Knock sensor ×
H
Refrigerant pressure sensor ×
Closed throttle position switch (accel-
×
erator pedal position sensor signal) I
Air conditioner switch ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × ×
Stop lamp switch × × J
Power steering pressure sensor × ×
Battery voltage ×
K
Load signal ×
Fuel level sensor × ×
Battery current sensor × × L
ASCD steering switch × ×
ASCD brake switch × ×
M
EC-75
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS CONFIRMATION
Item DATA
WORK ACTIVE DTC
FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TEST SRT STA- WORK
DTC*1 FRAME TOR
TUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
Fuel injector × ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × ×
Throttle control motor relay × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
EC-76
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
A
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN When detecting EVAP vapor leak
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE point of EVAP system
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
• IGN SW ON EC
• ENGINE NOT RUNNING
• AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
• NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM C
• FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
• WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE”
• WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” D
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
III WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRI-
ATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
E
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DIS-
PLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BAT-
TERY”, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
F
VIN REGISTRATION • IN THE MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim- G
ing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
H
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-453, "DTC Index". I
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
EC-77
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] • Always a certain value is displayed.
FTFMCHI • These items can not efficiently for R51 models.
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
EC-78
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• The intake air temperature (determined by the sig-
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F nal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is
indicated.
EVAP SYS PRES V EC
FUEL LEVEL SE V
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by
• After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis- C
START SIGNAL ON/OFF the ECM according to the signals of engine speed
played regardless of the starter signal.
and battery voltage.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF according to the accelerator pedal position sensor D
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF
switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. E
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
position (PNP) switch signal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system F
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal voltage of the power
steering pressure sensor signal) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical
G
load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and light- H
ing switch are OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal.
I
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp J
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 msec • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width com- • When the engine is stopped, a certain
INJ PULSE-B2 msec pensated by ECM according to the input signals. computed value is indicated. K
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ac- • When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
cording to the input signals. value is indicated.
• Calculated load value indicates the value of the L
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
MASS AIRFLOW g·m/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow M
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM
PURG VOL C/V % according to the input signals. N
• The opening becomes larger as the value increas-
es.
INT/V TIM (B1) °CA O
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle.
INT/V TIM (B2)° °CA
INT/V SOL (B1) % • The control condition of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM according P
to the input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B2) % • The advance angle becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
EC-79
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• The control condition of the VIAS control solenoid
valve (determined by ECM according to the input
VIAS S/V-1 ON/OFF signals) is indicated.
ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is operating.
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not operating.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is in-
dicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition de-
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF
termined by ECM according to the input signals.
• The control condition of the EVAP canister vent
control valve (determined by ECM according to the
VENT CONT/V ON/OFF input signals) is indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to the
input signals.
• The control condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals) is in-
HI/LOW/ dicated.
COOLING FAN
OFF HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
HO2S2 HTR (B2) ON/OFF the input signals.
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the tur-
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
bine revolution sensor signal.
km/h or • Indicates the vehicle speed computed from the rev-
VEHICLE SPEED
mph olution sensor signal.
• Display the condition of idle air volume learning
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET/
IDL A/V LEARN formed yet.
CMPLT
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already been
performed successfully.
km or
TRVL AFTER MIL • Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
mile
A/F S1 HTR (B1) % • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR (B2) % • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed.
km/h or • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE
mph speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
km/h or
SET VHCL SPD • The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
mph
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch
MAIN SW ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch
CANCEL SW ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/AC-
RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF
CELERATE switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST
SET SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
EC-80
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake
BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF EC
signal.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
NON/ speed. C
VHCL SPD CUT
CUT CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively high
compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD op-
eration is cut off.
D
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
NON/ speed.
LO SPEED CUT
CUT CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low E
compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD op-
eration is cut off.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D according
AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF
to the input signal from the TCM.
F
EC-81
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors
engine. • Compression
POWER BAL- • A/C switch: OFF • Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE • Shift lever: P or N • Power transistor
• Cut off each fuel injector signal • Spark plug
one at a time using CONSULT-III. • Ignition coil
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan HI, LOW and Cooling fan moves and stops. • Cooling fan motor
OFF using CONSULT-III. • IPDM E/R
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP RE- Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
• Turn the fuel pump relay ON and
LAY ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
OFF using CONSULT-III and lis-
ten to operating sound.
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
VIAS SOL VALVE
with CONSULT-III and listen for sound. • Solenoid valve
operating sound.
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III.
FUEL/T TEMP
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III.
SEN
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
• Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF
TROL/V sound. • Solenoid valve
with the CONSULT-III and listen
to operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN AN- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Idle • Harness and connectors
ALTERNATOR
• Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY
SULT-III. • Alternator
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
EC-82
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
H
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained below. I
ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
J
SEF139P
L
FUNCTION
EC-83
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnostic test mode Function
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine
stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, the EVAP canister vent control valve
can be closed.
In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function.
• Low ambient temperature
Service $08 —
• Low battery voltage
• Engine running
• Ignition switch OFF
• Low fuel temperature
• Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect GST to data link connector, which is located under LH
dash panel near the hood opener handle.
BBIA0538E
SEF398S
SEF416S
EC-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000001370573
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the C
value “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the D
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
F
Testing Condition INFOID:0000000001370574
NOTE: K
Perform “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-20, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. L
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
5. If NG, go to EC-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001370576
N
OVERALL SEQUENCE
O
EC-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
PBIB2268E
EC-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
PBIB3214E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-85, "Testing Condition".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
NOTE:
EC-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
EC-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> GO TO 8. A
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine. EC
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
C
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST D
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F
>> GO TO 11. I
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine. J
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION L
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-142, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-146, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". M
• For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-150, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0133, P0153, refer to EC-154, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P2A00, P2A03, refer to EC-378, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
O
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
P
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
EC-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-470, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
EC-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again. A
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” EC
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
C
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-118. D
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” E
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM G
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (with Intelligent Key H
system) or SEC-100, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (without
Intelligent Key system).
3. Perform EC-25, "VIN Registration". I
4. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
J
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element L
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” N
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG O
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.
P
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
EC-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-470, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-470, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
EC-92
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001370579
1.INSPECTION START EC
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No C
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I D
MBIB0015E
H
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M31, E152 I
• Fuse block (J/B) connector M4
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse J
BBIA0539E
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
P
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-93
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F32, E2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
PBIB2569E
PBIB1191E
EC-94
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. A
BBIA0539E
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. N
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. O
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye-
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
PBIB1870E
EC-96
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000001370581
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001370582
D
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
name
• When ECM is not transmitting or receiving
U1000*1
CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-
1000*1 related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. F
• Harness or connectors
CAN communication
• When ECM is not transmitting or receiving (CAN communication line is open or
line
U1001*2 CAN communication signal other than OBD shorted)
1001*2 (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or G
more.
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
*2: The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis. H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001370583
EC-97
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000001370586
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001370587
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagno-
CAN communication bus • ECM
1010 sis of CAN controller of ECM.
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-98, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
5. Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Service $04” with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-98, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
4. Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (with Intelligent Key
system) or SEC-100, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (without
Intelligent Key system).
3. Perform EC-25, "VIN Registration".
4. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-98
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001370592
EC
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0011 • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
0011 • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(Bank 1) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0021 control performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft D
0021 • Timing chain installation
(Bank 2) • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control
E
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
F
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function.
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001370593
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. H
NOTE:
• If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0075 or P0081. Refer to EC-109. I
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at J
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady L
as possible.
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. O
6. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go toEC-100, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. P
EC-99
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
9. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-100, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001370594
PBIA8559J
SEC905C
EC-100
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
G
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid H
valve as follows.
Terminal Resistance I
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7Ω at 20°C (68°F)
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.) J
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E K
EC-101
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Description INFOID:0000000001370596
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0031
0031 The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0051 1 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
0051 through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
P0032
0032 The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
1 heater control circuit
P0052 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
high
0052 through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001370601
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
EC-102
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or Replace ground connections. A
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
EC
BBIA0544E
H
PBIB3308E
K
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 (bank 1) or 24, 43 (bank 2) and air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor 1 terminal 3. M
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-103
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace.
7.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
PBIB3309E
EC-104
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
A
Description INFOID:0000000001370663
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
name
P0037
0037 The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
J
sensor 2 heater
P0057 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
control circuit low
0057 through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
(Bank 2) K
P0038
0038 The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is L
sensor 2 heater
P0058 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
control circuit high
0058 through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
(Bank 2)
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001370666
NOTE: N
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: P
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-105
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start the engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 rpm and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under
no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-106, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001370668
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
BBIA0540E
EC-106
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. A
PBIB0112E
Terminals I
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0037, P0038 25 2 1
P0057, P0058 6 2 2 J
EC-107
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
SEF249Y
EC-108
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001370670
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0075
0075 • Harness or connectors
G
(Bank 1) An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
through intake valve timing control solenoid
P0081 solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
0081 • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve H
(Bank 2)
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
N
BBIA0553E
EC-109
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB0192E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-110, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
EC-110
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows. A
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7Ω at 20°C (68°F) EC
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)
C
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E
D
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure. E
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve. F
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control G
solenoid valve is removed.
PBIB2275E
EC-111
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0101 MAF SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001370677
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
A) • Mass air flow sensor
under light load driving condition.
• EVAP control system pressure
sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
P0101 Mass air flow sensor cir-
0101 cuit range/performance • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM un- • Intake air leaks
B)
der heavy load driving condition. • Mass air flow sensor
• EVAP control system pressure
sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
PBIB3457E
I
EC-113
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
5. If NG, go to EC-114, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SEF534P
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A >> GO TO 3.
B >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0541E
EC-114
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
PBIB1168E
D
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32 E
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
F
>> Repair harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
EC-115
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 - 1.2
operating temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.5 - 1.8
normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* PBIB1106E
EC-116
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. A
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element EC
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again. C
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. D
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
E
EC-117
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001370685
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current is supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input to ECM. • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
• Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-118
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001370690
A
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
EC
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
C
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct D
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
G
BBIA0539E
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K
BBIA0541E
EC-119
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB1168E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-120
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. A
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
EC
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition Voltage V L
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 - 1.2 M
operating temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.5 - 1.8
normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* PBIB1106E N
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. O
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element P
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
EC-121
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
EC-122
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001370692
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor EC
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J E
<Reference data>
F
Intake air temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 G
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
K
Intake air tempera-
P0112 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
Intake air tempera- • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001370694
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con- N
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON. O
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. P
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-123, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001370696
EC-123
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0541E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
PBIB1169E
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-124
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
C
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5
and 6 under the following conditions.
D
PBIA9559J
SEF012P
J
EC-125
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001370698
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0117 sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem- • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
EC-126
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) C
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while D
engine is running.
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
F
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-127, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
I
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection". J
BBIA0539E
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. N
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector. O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0542E
EC-127
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0080E
PBIB2005E
EC-128
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
<Reference data>
A
Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
EC
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. C
SEF012P
EC-129
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001370705
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001370710
EC-130
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I E
BBIA0543E
I
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
J
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. K
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
PBIB2604E
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
EC-131
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-369, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-132
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001370711
EC-133
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0125 ECT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375756
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-126, "Component Description".
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
-10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 73 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001375757
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
• Harness or connectors
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed
P0125 (High resistance in the circuit)
ant temperature for after starting the engine.
0125 • Engine coolant temperature sensor
closed loop fuel control • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
• Thermostat
closed loop fuel control.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-134
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 20°C (68°F).
If it is above 20°C (68°F), the test result will be OK. A
If it is below 20°C (68°F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 20°C (68°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
EC
the test result will be OK.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-135, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375759 D
H
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
J
Refer to EC-135, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine L
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
P
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EC-135
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
SEF012P
EC-136
P0127 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0127 IAT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375761
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor EC
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J E
<Reference data>
F
Intake air temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 G
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors K
P0127 Intake air temperature
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0127 too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. • Intake air temperature sensor
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001375763
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- M
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. O
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. P
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
a. Turn ignition switch ON.
b. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature.
EC-137
P0127 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
• Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-138, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375764
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-138, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
PBIA9559J
EC-138
P0127 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
SEF012P
EC-139
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001375767
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not reach
P0128 • Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
Thermostat function to specified temperature even though the en-
0128 stat
gine has run long enough.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
• For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 71°C (160°F).
• Before performing the following procedure, do not fill with the fuel.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn A/C switch OFF.
2. Turn blower fan switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
If it is below 71°C (160°F), go to following step.
If it is above 71°C (160°F), cool down the engine to less than 71°C (160°F), then go to next step.
6. Start engine.
7. Wait at idle for a least 30 minutes.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 71°C (160°F) within 30 minutes, turn ignition switch
OFF because the test result will be OK.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-140, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375769
EC-140
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. A
EC
PBIB2005E
D
<Reference data>
EC-141
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375771
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0130 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
0130 A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 2.2V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
P0150 circuit or shorted.)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
0150 B)
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2V.
(Bank 2)
EC-142
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION: A
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-III
EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 2.2V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
If the indication fluctuates around 2.2V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. D
5. Touch “START”.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
E
ENG SPEED 1,750 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec F
Shift lever D position with “OD” OFF
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
7. Release accelerator pedal fully. G
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
8. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. H
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from step 6.
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001375775
EC-143
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
BBIA0544E
PBIB3308E
EC-144
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1 16
Bank 2 A
2 75
E
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G
Perform GI-47, "Work Flow".
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE A/F SENSOR 1 I
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a J
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
K
EC-145
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375778
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0131
0131 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0151 circuit low voltage F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V. shorted.)
0151 • A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, go to EC-147, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-146
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. A
7. Restart engine.
8. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
9. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
EC
K
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. L
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
M
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
BBIA0544E
P
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-147
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB3308E
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
EC-148
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC-149
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375784
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0132
0132 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0152 circuit high voltage sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V. shorted.)
0152 • A/F sensor 1
(Bank 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5V, go to EC-151, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-150
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. A
7. Restart engine.
8. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
9. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
EC
K
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. L
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
M
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
BBIA0544E
P
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-151
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB3308E
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
EC-152
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC-153
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375790
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com-
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0133 • Harness or connectors
0133 (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
(Bank 1) shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
• The response of the A/F signal computed by • A/F sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than • Fuel pressure
P0153 circuit slow response
the specified time. • Fuel injector
0153 • Intake air leaks
(Bank 2) • Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-154
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. A
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) or “A/F SEN1(B1) P1288/P1289” (for DTC P0153)
of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. EC
8. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step. C
9. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds. D
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-85, "Description".
10. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle at under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen. E
11. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-85, "Description".
12. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. F
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST G
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications. H
Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%.
If OK, go to the following step.
If NG, check the following. I
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel J
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve K
• Mass air flow sensor
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. L
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
8. Let engine idle for 1 minute. M
9. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
10. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
N
11. Select Service $03 with GST and make sure that no DTC is displayed.
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375795
O
EC-155
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten A/F sensor 1.
Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-156
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 3 seconds. A
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
EC
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No D
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-179 or EC-185.
No >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
F
BBIA0544E
L
PBIB3308E
EC-157
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1 35
Bank1
2 56
1 16
Bank 2
2 75
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
EC-158
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375796
SEF259VA I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P0137 • Harness or connectors
0137 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is not • Heated oxygen sensor 2 K
P0157 circuit low voltage reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
0157 • Fuel injector
(Bank 2) • Intake air leaks
L
NOTE: M
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
O
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-159
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001375800
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
9. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
10. If NG, go to EC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375802
EC-160
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA E
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
F
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? G
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III H
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart I
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. J
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. K
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E L
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171or P0174. Refer to EC-179.
No >> GO TO 3.
M
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
N
EC-161
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
BBIA0540E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0137 74 1 1
P0157 55 1 2
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0137 74 1 1
P0157 55 1 2
EC-162
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 EC
E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001375803
F
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item I
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
J
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. M
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 N
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
O
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
EC-163
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-164
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375895
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/ F
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
MALFUNCTION A G
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel-cut. H
J
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B
K
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
L
N
PBIB2376E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0138 • Harness or connectors P
An excessively high voltage from the
0138 A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor is sent to ECM.
(Bank 1) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 cir- • Harness or connectors
P0158 cuit high voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor
0158 B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
is not reached to the specified voltage.
(Bank 2) • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
EC-165
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001375898
BBIA0539E
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
EC-167
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
BBIA0540E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 74 1 1
P0158 55 1 2
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 74 1 1
P0158 55 1 2
EC-168
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER EC
L
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. M
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA N
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
O
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine? P
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-169
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-185, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
BBIA0540E
EC-170
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Terminals A
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 74 1 1
EC
P0158 55 1 2
F
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 H
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001569548
L
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item O
with CONSULT-III.
EC-171
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-172
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375904
SEF302U I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P0139 • Harness or connectors
0139 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond be- • Heated oxygen sensor 2 K
P0159 circuit slow response tween rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
0159 • Fuel injector
(Bank 2) • Intake air leaks
L
NOTE: M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
O
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-173
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
9. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
10. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
If will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
11. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001375908
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.24V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
9. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.24V for 1 sec- PBIB1607E
ond during this procedure.
10. If NG, go to EC-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375910
BBIA0539E
EC-174
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. A
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. C
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine? D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
F
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "Emission-related G
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. H
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No
I
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-179, "On Board
Diagnosis Logic" or EC-185, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
No >> GO TO 3.
J
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
EC-175
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
BBIA0540E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 74 1 1
P0159 55 1 2
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 74 1 1
P0159 55 1 2
EC-176
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 EC
E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001581260
F
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item I
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
J
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. M
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 N
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
O
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
EC-177
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-178
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001375912
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the C
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- M
SULT-III.
6. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. N
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
180, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
EC-179
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-180, "Diagnosis Procedure". If
engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
7. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
8. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
9. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
10. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
11. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174
should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go BBIA0541E
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
12. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
13. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375915
EC-180
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
A
EC
PBIB1216E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK E
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
G
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. H
BBIA0544E K
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between A/F sensor 1 terminal and ECM terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
EC-181
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-481, "Fuel Pressure Check".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-481, "Fuel Pressure Check".
EC-182
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. A
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-392, "Component Description".
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
EC
Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect harness connector F44, F101
3. Turn ignition switch ON. C
BBIA0587E
F
PBIB2633E
Harness connector F44
Cylinder ECM terminal
terminal J
1 2 23
3 1 22
K
5 4 21
PBIB2634E
Operating sound should exist.
OK or NG
EC-183
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-392.
11.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to fuel injectors No.2, No.4, No.6 operating sound.
PBIB1986E
EC-184
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001375967
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the C
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- I
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
K
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III. M
6. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8. Check 1st trip DTC. N
The 1st trip DTC P0172, P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
O
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain P
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
EC-185
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
6. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
7. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
8. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
9. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
10. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175
should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go BBIA0541E
to EC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
11. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
12. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375970
EC-186
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
A
EC
PBIB1216E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK E
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
H
BBIA0544E
Bank 1 Bank 2 P
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-392.
EC-188
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
BBIA0587E
E
PBIB2633E
Harness connector F44
Cylinder ECM terminal I
terminal
1 2 23
3 1 22
J
5 4 21
PBIB1986E
EC-190
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0181 FTT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375971
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera- EC
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases as temperature increases.
BBIA0545E E
<Reference data>
F
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 107 (fuel tank
temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is K
Fuel tank temperature • Harness or connectors
P0181 sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals
sensor circuit range/per- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0181 from engine coolant temperature sensor and in-
formance • Fuel tank temperature sensor
take air temperature sensor.
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001375973
NOTE: M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
O
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. P
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).
EC-191
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
6. Wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375975
BBIA0545E
4. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0932E
EC-192
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. A
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
• Harness connectors E41, C1
• Harness connectors E152, M31
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR D
Refer to EC-193, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. E
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
J
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 K
PBIB2663E
L
EC-193
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375977
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
BBIA0545E
<Reference data>
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0182 Fuel tank temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0183 Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Fuel tank temperature sensor
0183 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375981
EC-194
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NG >> Go to MWI-32, "Component Function Check".
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
BBIA0545E
E
4. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
F
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
PBIB0932E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
EC-195
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
PBIB2663E
EC-196
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375983
F
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) H
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
0223 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor.
(APP sensor 2) I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. J
NOTE: M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: O
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
5. Check DTC. P
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-197, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375988
EC-197
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0543E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2604E
EC-198
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. A
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
EC
Refer to EC-369, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. C
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. D
2. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning". E
EC-199
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001375989
EC-200
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MIS-
A
FIRE
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001375990
EC
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire
Multiple cylinder misfire.
0300 detected
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire de- • Improper spark plug J
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 tected • Insufficient compression
• Incorrect fuel pressure
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire
No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector is open or shorted
0302 detected K
• Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire • Intake air leak
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
0303 detected • The ignition signal circuit is open or short-
ed L
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire
No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Lack of fuel
0304 detected
• Signal plate
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfire • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
No. 5 cylinder misfires.
0305 detected • Incorrect PCV hose connection M
P0306 No. 6 cylinder misfire
No. 6 cylinder misfires.
0306 detected
N
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001375991
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv- O
ing.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- P
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-201
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
d. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375992
F
BBIA0587E
G
3. Check voltage between harness connector F44 terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB2634E
Operating sound should exist.
EC-203
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-392.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-III
1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to fuel injectors No. 2, No. 4, No.6 operating sound.
PBIB1986E
EC-204
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug A
and the grounded metal portion.
SEF156I
G
10.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug H
and the grounded portion.
EC-205
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Items Specifications
Target idle speed 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Follow the EC-20, "Basic Inspection".
15.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
BBIA0544E
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
EC-206
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17. A
17.REPLACE A/F SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1.
EC
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor C
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-207
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375993
BBIA0547E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0327
0327
(Bank 1) Knock sensor circuit low in- An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0332 put is sent to ECM.
0332
(Bank 2) • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 • Knock sensor
0328
(Bank 1) Knock sensor circuit high in- An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0333 put is sent to ECM.
0333
(Bank 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
4. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001375997
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminals 15, 36 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
EC-208
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-210, "Component Inspection".
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor. J
5.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. K
Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
N
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. O
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
P
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-209
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.
SEF111Y
EC-210
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001375999
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing EC
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth C
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change. D
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
PBIB0562E E
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
H
PBIB2744E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
J
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
• Harness or connectors K
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
0335 sor (POS) circuit • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
while the engine is running.
• Signal plate
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine run- L
ning.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step. N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
P
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376004
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0548E
PBIB0664E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIB0563E
EC-213
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
PBIB0564E
EC-214
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376006
PBIB2744E
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376008
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0340 • Harness or connectors
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
0340 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
the first few seconds during engine cranking. K
(Bank 1) • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Camshaft position sen- • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
• Camshaft (Intake)
P0345 sor (PHASE) circuit during engine running.
• Starter motor
0345 • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit
(Bank 2) pattern during engine running. L
• Dead (Weak) battery
M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: O
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. P
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-215
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376011
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0549E
SEF481Y
EC-216
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and IPDM E/R
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground.
C
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E
SEC905C
EC-217
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001376012
PBIB0563E
PBIB0564E
EC-218
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376191
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) EC
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 C
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way D
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
PBIB2377E E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
P0420 • Three way catalyst (manifold)
0420 • Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper-
(Bank 1) • Intake air leaks G
Catalyst system efficien- ate properly.
• Fuel injector
P0430 cy below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
0430 enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
(Bank 2) • Improper ignition timing H
NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III K
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. L
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. M
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
N
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
O
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator P
pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12.
12. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
13. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.
14. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-219
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
15. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-220, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001376193
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Open engine hood.
8. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 74 [HO2S2 (bank
1) signal], 55 [HO2S2 (bank 2) signal] and ground.
9. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
10. Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 sec-
onds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-220, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
PBIB1108E
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-220
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
EC-221
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded metal portion.
SEF156I
EC-222
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END
Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold). A
EC
EC-223
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000001376195
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
PBIB3640E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376196
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve stuck closed
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
• Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate proper- nection of rubber tube
P0441 EVAP control system in- ly, EVAP control system has a leak between in- • Blocked rubber tube
0441 correct purge flow take manifold and EVAP control system • Cracked EVAP canister
pressure sensor. • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-224
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: A
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
6. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
7. Touch “START”. D
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
8. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.) E
I
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST J
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine (TCS switch or VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds. K
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
L
7. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 32 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
8. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it. M
9. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
N
Air conditioner switch ON
Headlamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON O
PBIB1109E
EC-226
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port (A)
and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (B). A
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port (C).
EC
SEF367U
D
3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
E
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
F
G
SEF368U
EC-227
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace drain filter.
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-246, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
13.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-46, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace it.
14.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
DRAIN FILTER
1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
EC-228
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376200
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum. EC
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold C
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB3640E
I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used J
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve. K
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
L
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP
P0442 • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
small leak detected control system does not operate prop-
0442 • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
(negative pressure) erly. M
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is N
missing or damaged
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• EVAP control system pressure sensor O
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
P
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
EC-229
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376201
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F)
5. Select “EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-20, "Basic Inspection".
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern ON EC-456 before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-456.
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
7. Select Service $07 with GST.
- If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
- If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376202
SEF915U
EC-230
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
J
BBIA0550E
SEF916U N
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
O
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK P
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
EC-231
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-46, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-46, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-232
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER A
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
EC
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
C
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
E
BBIA0558E
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-405, "System Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-408, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to MWI-33, "Component Inspection".
EC-234
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25. A
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP) D
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
E
SEF445Y
P
PBIB3641E
EC-235
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000001376204
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB2057E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the (The valve is stuck open.)
EVAP canister purge
P0443 specified driving conditions, even when EVAP • EVAP canister vent control valve
volume control solenoid
0443 canister purge volume control solenoid valve is • Drain filter
valve
completely closed. • EVAP canister
• Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
EC-236
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376207
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step. EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: C
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. E
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” (for DTC P0443) of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CONSULT-III. F
6. Touch “START”.
7. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.) G
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
8. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
237, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
WITH GST I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds. K
6. Select Service $07 with GST.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-237, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376209
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
BBIA0550E
EC-237
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or
tester.
PBIB2605E
EC-238
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. A
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-240, "Component Inspection".
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. E
9.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-235, "Component Inspection". F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace drain filter. G
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-246, "Component Inspection".
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
I
11.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. J
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12. K
No >> GO TO 14.
M
BBIA0558E
EC-239
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
PBIB2058E
Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
PBIB2059E
DRAIN FILTER
1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
EC-240
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
A
VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000001376211
EC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB2057E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause O
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
0444 to ECM through the valve P
open • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume
P0445 An excessively high voltage signal is sent (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0445 to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
shorted
lenoid valve
EC-241
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376214
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376216
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0550E
PBIB2605E
EC-242
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG A
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III C
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. E
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-243, "Component Inspection". F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. G
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
H
PBIB2058E
Without CONSULT-III N
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
O
Air passage continuity
Condition
between (A) and (B)
12V direct current supply between P
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB2059E
EC-243
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376218
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP
canister (4) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
PBIB3642E
Control System diagnosis.
• Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (2)
• Drain filter (5)
• : Vehicle front
AWBIA0134ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0447 EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
0447 trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve. • EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perfom the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376223
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
EC-244
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
No >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON. EC
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking noise should be heard. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3. D
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve (3) harness con-
nector.
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP control system pressure sensor (2) F
- EVAP ccanister (4)
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front G
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
AWBIA0134ZZ
PBIB0152E L
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E41, C1 M
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 117 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-245
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-246, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace drain filter.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-246, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
PBIB1033E E
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. F
PBIB3641E
O
EC-247
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376225
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP
canister (4) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
PBIB3642E
Control System diagnosis.
• Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (2)
• Drain filter (5)
• : Vehicle front
AWBIA0134ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
P0448 EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains
• Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
0448 trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions.
vent control valve
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures 3 times.
EC-248
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 min-
utes. A
Never exceed 3 minutes.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
8. Repeat next procedure 20 times. C
a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
D
PBIB0972E
I
1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control J
valve (3).
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP control system pressure sensor (2) K
- EVAP ccanister (4)
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front L
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. M
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower. AWBIA0134ZZ
EC-249
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
BBIA0558E
EC-250
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check portionof B EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted. A
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1033E
D
5. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. E
PBIB1033E
M
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. N
EC-251
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
EC-252
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376232
AWBIA0134ZZ E
H
PBIB1207E
If DTC P0451 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-299. J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
EVAP control system K
P0451 ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP • Harness or connectors
pressure sensor perfor-
0451 control system pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor
mance
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376235
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step. M
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
N
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
O
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376236
EC-253
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK EVPA CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (2) harness
connector.
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
- EVAP ccanister (4)
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-254, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
EC-254
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions. A
EC-255
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376238
AWBIA0134ZZ
PBIB1207E
If DTC P0452 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-299.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
EVAP control system • Harness or connectors
P0452 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
pressure sensor low in- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0452 sent to ECM.
put • EVAP control system pressure sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC-256
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank tem- EC
perature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. C
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
7. Select Service $07 with GST. D
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB1110E E
F
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection". G
BBIA0539E J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. K
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (2) harness
L
connector.
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
- EVAP ccanister (4) M
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front
2. Check sensor harness connector for water. N
EC-257
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-258
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR EC
Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. C
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
D
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
EC-259
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376246
BBIA0551E
PBIB1207E
If DTC P0453 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-299.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
EVAP control system
P0453 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • EVAP canister vent control valve
pressure sensor high in-
0453 sent to ECM. • EVAP canister
put
• drain filter
• Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to vehicle frame
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
EC-260
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). A
7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
E
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
7. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
PBIB1110E
K
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. L
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (2) harness M
connector.
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP canister vent control valve (3) N
- EVAP ccanister (4)
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front O
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-261
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-262
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK RUBBER TUBE EC
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent and kinked.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE D
Refer to EC-246, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR F
Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. G
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
12.CHECK DRAIN FILTER H
Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. I
NG >> Replace drain filter.
13.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor J
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No K
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> GO TO 16.
L
BBIA0558E
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
O
The weight should be less than 2.0 kg (4.4 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. P
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and drain filter for clogging or poor connection
EC-263
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
PBIB3641E
EC-264
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376253
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EC
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
G
PBIB3640E
H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve I
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold
J
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve. K
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak such • EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
P0455 EVAP control system
as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system leaks
0455 gross leak detected
does not operate properly. • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent. L
• Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
• EVAP canister purge volume control so- M
lenoid valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged. N
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
O
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on. P
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376254
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:
EC-265
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
6. Select “EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-20, "Basic Inspection".
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK
[P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442 EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-456, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-456, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
• If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to Diagnostic Procedure, for DTC P0442, EC-230.
• If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0441, EC-225.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376255
SEF915U
EC-266
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
BBIA0550E
EC-267
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 10.
9.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-46, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-268
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer A
to EC-46, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. EC
NG >> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
With CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. E
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13. G
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III H
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
I
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
EC-269
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
EC-270
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
A
Pressure: 2
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm , 2.22 -
2.90 psi)
EC
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly. C
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incor- SEF943S
rect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. D
EC-271
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376257
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB3640E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Evaporative emission
• EVAP system has a very small leak. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
P0456 control system very
• EVAP system does not operate prop- • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
0456 small leak (negative
erly. • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
pressure check)
valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
EC-272
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376258
A
NOTE:
• If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
• After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly. EC
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. C
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. D
• If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
- Fuel filler cap is removed.
- Fuel is refilled or drained. E
- EVAP component parts is/are removed.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III F
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4V G
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F) H
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III. J
Follow the instruction displayed.
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE: K
• If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go
to EC-20, "Basic Inspection".
• Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid L
valve properly.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001376259
M
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed. N
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
• Do not start engine. O
• Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi).
EC-273
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port.
BBIA0550E
SEF915U
EC-274
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION A
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE C
Refer to EC-235, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP E
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP
service port, refer to EC-46, "Description". F
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
G
H
BBIA0550E
SEF916U
L
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7. M
6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. N
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph. O
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. P
EC-275
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-46, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-46, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-276
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No A
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. EC
BBIA0558E
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
E
The weight should be less than 2.0 kg (4.4 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 12.
F
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection H
With CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine. J
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14. L
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. N
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
EC-277
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> GO TO 20.
20.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-405, "System Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
21.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
22.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-408, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
23.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to MWI-33, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
EC-278
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
C
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
D
SEF445Y
EC-279
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376261
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
BBIA0529E
NOTE:
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-97, "Description".
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-98, "Description".
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal be- shorted)
P0460 Fuel level sensor circuit
ing varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to • Harness or connectors
0460 noise
ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376264
EC-280
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
EC
EC-281
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376266
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
BBIA0529E
NOTE:
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-97, "Description".
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-98, "Description".
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
shorted)
P0461 Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range even
• Harness or connectors
0461 range/performance though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
tance.
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-6,
"Removal and Installation".
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-481, "Fuel Pressure Check".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Touch ON and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
EC-282
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12. A
If NG, go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
NOTE: EC
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. C
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-481, "Fuel Pressure Check".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. D
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). E
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
10. If NG, go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376269 F
EC-283
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376270
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
BBIA0529E
NOTE:
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-97, "Description".
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1010. Refer to EC-98, "Description".
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0462 low input sent to ECM. (The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
• Harness or connectors
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0463 high input sent to ECM. • Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376273
EC-284
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
EC
EC-285
P0500 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0500 VSS
Description INFOID:0000000001376274
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-97, "Description".
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-98, "Description".
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376275
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
ed)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from • Harness or connectors
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
0500
when vehicle is being driven. shorted)
• Wheel sensor
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
EC-286
P0500 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
B/FUEL SCHDL 6.3 - 31.8 msec
A
Selector lever Except P or N position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
6. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001376277
C
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST D
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. E
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376278
1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” G
Refer to BRC-7, "Work Flow" or BRC-127, "Work Flow".
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION I
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
EC-287
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000001376280
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376281
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Idle speed control sys-
P0506 The idle speed is less than the target idle speed • Electric throttle control actuator
tem RPM lower than ex-
0506 by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leak
pected
NOTE:
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform, EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-485.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure,confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376283
EC-288
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
system) SEC-100, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (without
Intelligent Key system). A
4. Perform EC-25, "VIN Registration".
5. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
EC
7. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-289
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000001376285
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376286
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Idle speed control sys- • Electric throttle control actuator
P0507 The idle speed is more than the target idle
tem RPM higher than • Intake air leak
0507 speed by 200 rpm or more.
expected • PCV system
NOTE:
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform, EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-485.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-290, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376288
EC-290
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3.REPLACE ECM A
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (with Intelligent Key
system) or SEC-100, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (without
Intelligent Key System).
4. Perform EC-25, "VIN Registration". C
5. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
7. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
D
EC-291
P0550 PSP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0550 PSP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376290
BBIA0552E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0550 Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0550 sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
• Power steering pressure sensor
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376295
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-292
P0550 PSP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
D
BBIA0552E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power G
in harness or connectors.
PBIB1872E H
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and PSP sensor terminal 2.
M
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-294, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PSP sensor.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
Condition Voltage
Steering wheel: being turned 0.5 - 4.5V
Steering wheel: not being turned 0.4 - 0.8V
MBIB0126E
EC-294
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376297
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch EC
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
C
PBIB1164E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376298
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0603 ECM power supply cir- ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is G
0603 cuit properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376299
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step. I
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
J
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. K
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-295, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
P
NG >> GO TO 2.
MBIB0026E
EC-295
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• 20A fuse
• IPDM E/R harness connector E121
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
EC-296
P0605 ECM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0605 ECM
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376302
PBIB1164E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376303
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. G
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
I
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A degrees) by the return spring. J
• ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-297, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-297, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (with Intelligent Key
system) or SEC-100, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (without
Intelligent Key system).
3. Perform EC-25, "VIN Registration".
4. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-298
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376306
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
C
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is short- D
ed.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
0643 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high. is shorted.)
E
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor F
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring. I
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376307
NOTE: J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. L
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
M
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-299, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376309
N
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground three screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection". O
BBIA0539E
EC-299
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
BBIA0556E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2608E
EC-300
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY A
C
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow". D
EC-301
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376310
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376312
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
P0850 Park/neutral position circuit is open or shorted.]
switch is not changed in the process of engine
0850 switch • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
starting and driving.
• Combination meter
• TCM
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions.
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-302
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions. A
MBIB0043E
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376316
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
5.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and combination meter terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-III
1. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and TCM terminal 8.
Refer to TM-46, "Description".
EC-304
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376317
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1148 The closed loop control function for bank 1 does C
1148 not operate even when vehicle is driving in the • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) specified condition. [The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is
Closed loop control
open or shorted.]
P1168 function The closed loop control function for bank 2 does • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 D
1168 not operate even when vehicle is driving in the • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2) specified condition.
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. E
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.
EC-305
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000001376319
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376320
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MIL will not light up for this self-
diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from
TCS control unit unit)
1211 “ABS actuator and electric unit (Control unit)”.
• TCS related parts
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-306, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376322
EC-306
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001376328
NOTE: EC
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-97, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-98, "On Board Diagnosis Logic". C
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit D
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376329
E
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MIL will not light up for this self-
diagnosis.
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short- G
P1212
TCS communication line “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.)
1212
unit)”. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376330
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-307, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376331
K
Go to BRC-7, "Work Flow" or BRC-127, "Work Flow".
EC-307
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376340
NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-97, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-98, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or short-
ed.)
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
• Cooling fan
heat).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)
• Cooling fan system does not operate proper-
• Radiator hose
P1217 Engine over tempera- ly (Overheat).
• Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) • Engine coolant level was not added to the
• Radiator cap
system using the proper filling method.
• Reservoir tank
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Reservoir tank cap
range.
• Water pump
• Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-310,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-9, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-11, "Engine Oil Recommendation".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001376341
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap and/or reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or reservoir tank.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-309,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-309,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-III. SEF621W
EC-308
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
EC
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-309,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer C
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-309,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor D
operation, refer to PCS-10, "Diagnosis Description".
4. If NG, go to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEF621W
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376343
EC-309
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace reservoir tank cap.
6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
Check the following
• Thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Removal and Installation".
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-128, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-310, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-26, "Removal and In-
lower radiator hoses stallation"
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-12, "Changing Engine
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank Coolant"
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-98, "Inspection After
gauge mum distortion (warping) Disassembly"
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-117, "Inspection After
tons walls or piston Disassembly"
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
EC-310
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. A
For more information, refer to CO-9, "Troubleshooting Chart".
EC
EC-311
P1225 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1225 TP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376346
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- • Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-312, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376349
BBIA0554E
EC-313
P1226 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1226 TP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376350
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- • Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376353
BBIA0554E
EC-314
P1226 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC-315
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000001376354
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376355
NOTE:
If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM does not control ignition timing and engine • Lack of intake air volume
P1421 Cold start emission reduction
idle speed properly when engine is started with • Fuel injection system
1421 strategy monitoring
prewarming up condition. • ECM
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F).
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step.
If “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and
go to step 1.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376357
EC-316
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A
Perform EC-179, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" in DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
TION.
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Go to EC-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
See EC-316, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-316, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5. H
No >> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM
I
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (with Intelligent
Key system) or SEC-100, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (with- J
out Intelligent Key system).
3. Perform EC-25, "VIN Registration".
4. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". K
5. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
L
>> INSPECTION END
EC-317
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376358
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The output voltage of the battery current • Harness or connectors
P1550 Battery current sensor circuit
sensor remains within the specified (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
1550 range/performance
range while engine is running. • Battery current sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376363
EC-318
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
BBIA0582E
I
3. Check voltage between battery current sensor terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
J
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
PBIB2609E
EC-319
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-320, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
BBIA0588E
EC-320
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminal 71 (battery current sensor
signal) and ground. A
PBIB2617E
EC-321
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376365
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1551 Battery current sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sen-
1551 low input sor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1552 Battery current sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sen- • Battery current sensor
1552 high input sor is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V with ignition
switch ON
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376370
EC-322
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
BBIA0582E
I
3. Check voltage between battery current sensor terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
J
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
PBIB2609E
EC-323
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
BBIA0588E
EC-324
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminal 71 (battery current sensor
signal) and ground. A
PBIB2617E
EC-325
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376374
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The signal voltage transmitted from the • Harness or connectors
P1553 Battery current sensor perfor-
sensor to ECM is higher than the amount (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
1553 mance
of the maximum power generation. • Battery current sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376379
EC-326
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
BBIA0582E
I
3. Check voltage between battery current sensor terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
J
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
PBIB2609E
EC-327
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
BBIA0588E
EC-328
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminal 71 (battery current sensor
signal) and ground. A
PBIB2617E
EC-329
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376381
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The output voltage of the battery current • Harness or connectors
P1554 Battery current sensor perfor-
sensor is lower than the specified value (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
1554 mance
while the battery voltage is high enough. • Battery current sensor
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300mV at least once.
4. If NG, go to EC-331, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1. Start engine and let it idle.
EC-330
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 71 (battery current sensor
signal) and ground for 10 seconds. A
The voltage should be above 2.3V at least once.
3. If NG, go to EC-331, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
PBIB2616E
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376386
BBIA0539E
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
J
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
BBIA0582E
N
3. Check voltage between battery current sensor terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
O
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. P
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2609E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 67.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-332, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
EC
BBIA0588E
D
5. Check voltage between ECM terminal 71 (battery current sensor
signal) and ground.
E
Voltage: Approximately 2.5V
6. If NG, replace battery negative cable assembly.
F
G
PBIB2617E
EC-333
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376390
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
PBIB2645E
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
• An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD
steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P1564 • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steer- (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
ASCD steering switch
1564 ing switch is out of the specified range. • ASCD steering switch
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck • ECM
ON.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Check DTC.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376395
EC-334
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT E
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
G
Switch Monitor item Condition Indication
Pressed ON
MAIN switch MAIN SW H
Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL switch CANCEL SW
Released OFF I
RESUME/ACCELER- Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
ATE switch Released OFF
J
Pressed ON
SET/COAST switch SET SW
Released OFF
K
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground with press-
L
ing each button.
EC-335
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 17 and ECM terminal 67. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and combination switch terminal 16.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-336, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace steering switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
EC-336
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) ter-
minals 16 and 17 with pushing each switch. A
EC-337
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376397
BBIA0560E
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19 • Harness or connectors
MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572
ASCD brake switch • Stop lamp switch
1572
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • ASCD brake switch
B) for extremely long time while the vehicle is • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
driving • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
EC-338
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
A
VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position
EC
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-339, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
C
6. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
CONDITION INDICATION J
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
When brake pedal: Fully released ON
K
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the L
following conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE M
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
When brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0061E O
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III P
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CONDITION INDICATION
When brake pedal: Fully released OFF
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
Without CONSULT-III
EC-339
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
MBIB0060E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0560E
PBIB0857E
EC-340
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH EC
BBIA0560E
H
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.
I
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
K
PBIB1184E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. O
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Condition Continuity
When brake pedal: Fully released. Should exist.
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-7,
"Brake Pedal Inspection and Adjustment", and perform step 3
again.
SEC023D
Condition Continuity
When brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-7, "Brake
Pedal Inspection and Adjustment", and perform step 3 again.
PBIB1185E
EC-342
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376404
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina- EC
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-42, "System Description" for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376405 C
Trouble Diagnosis G
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or H
shorted.)
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle • Combination meter
1574 sensor speed signals is out of the specified range. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor I
• TCM
• ECM
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: M
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine. N
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376407
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-33, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
EC-343
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Refer to BRC-7, "Work Flow" or BRC-127, "Work Flow".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Refer to MWI-3, "Work Flow".
EC-344
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
A
Description INFOID:0000000001376408
ECM receives turbine revolution sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this EC
signal for engine control.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376410
C
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-97, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer D
to EC-98, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-211. E
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, P0345 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340,
P0345. Refer to EC-215.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
F
to EC-297.
The MIL will not lights up for this diagnosis.
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
Input speed sensor Turbine revolution sensor signal is differ- H
ed)
P1715 (Turbine revolution sen- ent from the theoretical value calculated
• Harness or connectors
1715 sor) by ECM from revolution sensor signal and
(Turbine revolution sensor circuit is open or
(TCM output) engine rpm signal.
shorted)
• TCM
I
J
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-33, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
L
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM.
M
>> INSPECTION END
EC-345
P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376412
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.
BBIA0569E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1800 VIAS control solenoid valve cir- An excessively low or high voltage signal (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
1800 cuit is sent to ECM through the valve shorted.)
• VIAS control solenoid valve
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-346, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376417
BBIA0569E
EC-346
P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-
III or tester. A
PBIB0173E
F
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
EC-347
P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
JMBIA0180ZZ
With GST
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions.
EC-348
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000001376419
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376421
C
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ex- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
Brake switch
1805 tremely long time while the vehicle is driving. ed.)
E
• Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode. F
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
K
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-349, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376424
EC-349
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0560E
PBIB1184E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop
lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-350
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001376425
A
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
EC
BBIA0560E
E
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
F
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist.
G
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist.
3. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-7, "Brake
Pedal Inspection and Adjustment", and perform step 2 again. H
PBIB1185E
EC-351
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376426
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376428
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P2100 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
2100 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
P2103 Throttle control motor ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
2103 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MlL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376431
EC-352
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. A
PBIB1171E
EC-353
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-30, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-354
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000001376434
NOTE: EC
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100
or P2119. Refer to EC-352or EC-361.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. C
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition. D
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376435
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors F
P2101 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
2101 performance ate properly. shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring. I
NOTE: J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
L
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when the
engine is running.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
M
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376438
EC-355
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB1171E
EC-356
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse. A
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E119.
4. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. C
EC-357
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
BBIA0554E
PBIB2606E
EC-358
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376440
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
C
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376441
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors E
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
2118 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
F
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
G
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001376442
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con- I
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON. J
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
K
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-359, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376444
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
EC-359
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIB2606E
EC-360
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376449
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001376450
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion. F
P2119 Electric throttle control
• Electric throttle control actuator
2119 actuator Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open. G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. H
Malfunction A
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. I
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. J
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
EC-361
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P or N position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-362, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376452
BBIA0554E
EC-362
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376456
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. K
NOTE: N
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. P
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-364, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-363
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376461
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
BBIA0556E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB2608E
EC-364
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY E
EC-365
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376463
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi- • Harness or connectors
P2127 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
tion sensor 2 circuit low (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
2127 sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input shorted.)
(The TP sensor circuit shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2128 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- (APP sensor 2)
tion sensor 2 circuit high
2128 sor 2 is sent to ECM. • Electric throttle control actuator
input
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376468
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I E
BBIA0556E
Voltage: Approximately 5V J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3. K
PBIB2611E
L
EC-367
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-200, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-368
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001376469
EC-369
P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2135 TP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376470
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2135 (The APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted).
circuit range/perfor- compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135 • Electric throttle control actuator
mance and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376475
EC-370
P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1 E
BBIA0543E
I
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
J
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. K
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
PBIB2604E
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
EC-371
P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-369, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-372
P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to D.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal), D
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
E
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
EC-373
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2138 APP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376477
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2138 (The TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
2138 • Accelerator pedal position sensor
performance and APP sensor 2.
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-374
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376482
A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-96, "Ground Inspection". EC
BBIA0539E
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. F
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. G
BBIA0556E
J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
K
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
M
PBIB2608E
PBIB2611E
EC-376
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
L
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
5. Perform EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-26, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". M
7. Perform EC-26, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-377
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376484
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be
shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P2A00 • The output voltage computed by ECM from the
2A00 • A/F sensor 1
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for
(Bank 1) • A/F sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 a specified period.
• Fuel pressure
P2A03 circuit range/performance • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
• Fuel injector
2A03 sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
• Intake air leaks
(Bank 2) specified period.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
6. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
EC-378
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Turn ignition switch ON. A
9. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
10. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
11. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC
12. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
13. Check 1st trip DTC.
14. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. E
7. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
8. Select Service $03 with GST and make sure that DTC P0102 is F
detected.
9. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
10. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. G
11. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
12. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 min-
BBIA0541E
utes. H
13. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376489 I
M
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. N
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
O
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Refer to EX-5, "Removal and Installation".
P
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-379
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 3 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172 or P0174, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-179 or EC-185.
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
BBIA0544E
EC-380
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. A
PBIB3308E
K
Continuity should exist.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal M
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
N
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-104, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
EC-381
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> GO TO 12.
12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “0” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CREAR A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
>> GO TO 14.
BBIA0541E
EC-382
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376490
BBIA0560E E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376493
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. G
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
CONDITION INDICATION
H
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.
K
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
When brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage L
M
MBIB0061E
OK or NG
N
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II O
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
P
CONDITION INDICATION
When brake pedal: Fully released OFF
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
EC-383
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
MBIB0060E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0560E
PBIB0857E
EC-384
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. A
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC
Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. C
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
G
BBIA0560E
K
PBIB1184E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. O
EC-385
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
Condition Continuity
When brake pedal: Fully released. Should exist.
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-7,
"Brake Pedal Inspection and Adjustment", and perform step 3
again.
SEC023D
Condition Continuity
When brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
When brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-7, "Brake
Pedal Inspection and Adjustment", and perform step 3 again.
PBIB1185E
EC-386
ASCD INDICATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ASCD INDICATOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376495
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and EC
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met. C
• CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting. D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-42, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376498 E
EC-387
COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
COOLING FAN
Description INFOID:0000000001376552
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
PBIB2607E
EC-388
COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between the following; A
cooling fan motor terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
cooling fan motor terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. BBIA0555E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power D
in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between the following; E
cooling fan motor terminal 3 and ground,
cooling fan motor terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
EC-389
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Description INFOID:0000000001376499
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, etc.) is transferred through the CAN communication line
from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001376501
Condition Indication
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
Condition Indication
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition Indication
Heater fan control switch: ON ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to DEF-3, "Repair Work Flow".
EC-390
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
EC
EC-391
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
FUEL INJECTOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376502
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector, the coil in the fuel injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
SEF375Z
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect harness connector F44, F101.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0587E
EC-392
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check voltage between harness connector F44 terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A
PBIB2633E
Harness connector F44 D
Cylinder ECM terminal
terminal
1 2 23
3 1 22 E
5 4 21
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II K
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
L
Harness connector F101 terminal
Cylinder
(+) (–)
M
1 3 2
3 3 1
5 3 4 N
PBIB2634E
Operating sound should exist.
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 7.
P
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-III
1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
2. Start engine.
EC-393
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Listen to fuel injectors No. 2, No. 4, No.6 operating sound.
PBIB1986E
BBIA0546E
PBIB0582E
EC-394
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. A
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
• Harness connectors F101, F44
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and ECM
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-395, "Component Inspection". D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel injector. E
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow". F
FUEL INJECTOR
H
1. Disconnect injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
I
Resistance: 11.1 - 14.5Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
PBIB1727E
EC-395
FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
FUEL PUMP
Description INFOID:0000000001376507
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
PBIB1569E
BBIA0563E
PBIB1187E
PBIB2656E
I
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector. K
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0545E
N
5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
O
Voltage: Battery voltage should exist for 1 sec-
ond after ignition switch is turned ON.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB0795E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-398
FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001376511
A
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.
C
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
E
SEC918C
EC-399
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376512
BBIA0561E
PBIB1186E
SEC986C
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
EC-400
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground A
with CONSULT-III or tester.
MBIB0034E D
5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
E
2. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
BBIA0562E
PBIB0624E
L
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E119. M
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and condenser-1 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
N
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-401
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
BBIA0561E
PBIB0138E
EC-402
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR J
Refer to EC-403, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
N
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
EC-403
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
PBIB0794E
EC-404
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
A
System Description INFOID:0000000001366388
EC
PBIB1068E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is H
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving. I
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop. J
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
K
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-481, "Fuel Pressure Check".
- Disconnect battery negative cable. L
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses. M
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001366389
EC-405
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
BBIA0558E
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-408, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace drain filter.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.0 kg (4.4 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
EC-406
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No A
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
EC
BBIA0558E
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube.
10.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-407
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
11.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
BBIA0568E
Without CONSULT-III
EC-408
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: A
a. Remove fuel gauge retainer.
b. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
EC
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. C
a. Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
b. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one. D
c. Put fuel tank upside down.
d. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
E
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
J
BBIA0568E
DRAIN FILTER K
1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. L
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. M
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
O
PBIB3641E
EC-409
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Description INFOID:0000000001366391
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEC921C
PBIB1588E
PBIB1589E
EC-410
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. A
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any
hosecannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC
D
S-ET277
EC-411
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001376516
BBIA0564E
PBIB2657E
PBIB1188E
BBIA0539E
EC-412
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. A
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
C
E
BBIA0564E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. H
PBIB1872E I
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E5, F14 J
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. O
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E5, F14 P
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-413
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Work Flow".
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.
EC-414
VIAS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
VIAS
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001381722
F
BBIA0570E
Without CONSULT-III G
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine up to between 2,200 and 3,300 rpm and make sure
that power valve actuator rod moves. H
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (With CONSULT-III) >>GO TO 2. I
NG (Without CONSULT-III) >>GO TO 3.
BBIA0570E
With CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator. L
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and check vacuum existence under the following condi-
tions. M
O
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG >> GO TO 4.
P
3.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
EC-415
VIAS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.
Condition Vacuum
12V direct current supply Should exist.
No supply Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
PBIB0845E
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine.
2. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or dis-
connection. Refer to EC-52, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.
SEF109L
BBIA0569E
PBIB0173E
EC-416
VIAS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
J
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001381723
K
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III
L
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. M
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
N
Condition Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
VIAS SOL VALVE between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
ON Yes No O
OFF No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
P
JMBIA0180ZZ
Without CONSULT-III
EC-417
VIAS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions.
VACUUM TANK
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.
2. Connect a vacuum pump to the port (A) of vacuum tank.
3. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port (B).
PBIB0846E
EC-418
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ECU DIAGNOSIS A
ECM
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001370571
EC
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. C
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. D
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
E
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-85.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-85.
A/F ALPHA-B1 F
See EC-85.
A/F ALPHA-B2
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) G
• Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
A/F SEN1 (B2)
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met H
HO2S2 (B1)
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2)
- Keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
I
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
- Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
- Keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at J
idle for 1 minute under no load.
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
K
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned. ON
EC-419
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
EC-420
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2) at idle for 1 minute under no load EC
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
speedometer indication C
• Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-III value with speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VEHICLE SPEED
indication. speedometer indication
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km D
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
A/F S1 HTR (B2) E
• Engine: Idle
1.0 - 4.0V
AC PRESS SEN • Both A/C switch blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
• Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the F
VHCL SPEED SE
SULT-III value. CONSULT-III value
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating.
played.
G
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON H
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed
ON I
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased
J
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released ON K
BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW2 • Ignition switch: ON L
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
MAIN switch: pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
M
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is between
SET LAMP
40km/h (25MPH) and 144km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(89MPH) N
ALT DUTY • Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*2 O
BAT CUR SEN • Shift lever: P or N Approx. 2,600 - 3,500mV
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
P
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-4, "How to Handle Battery".
EC-421
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000001370565
MBIB0045E
PREPARATION
ECM located in the engine room passenger side behind reservoir
tank.
BBIA0537E
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 BR ECM ground Body ground
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
2 G A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) • Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting en-
gine)
PBIA8148J
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
EC-422
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V EC
PBIB1105E D
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met E
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
heater (Bank 2) minute under no load F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
G
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V) H
• Idle speed
7 - 12V
Intake valve timing control so- I
10 W
lenoid valve (Bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
J
PBIB1790E
[Engine is running] K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed
7 - 12V L
Intake valve timing control so-
11 LG
lenoid valve (Bank 1) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
M
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
PBIB1790E
N
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5V
Power steering pressure sen- • Steering wheel: Being turned
12 P
sor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V O
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
EC-423
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB1042E
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
PBIB1039E
Camshaft position sensor
14 Y
(PHASE) (Bank 2)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB1040E
EC-424
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
D
21 W Fuel injector No. 5 SEC984C
22 LG Fuel injector No. 3
23 SB Fuel injector No. 1 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm F
SEC985C G
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running] H
• Warm-up condition
24 G
A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) • Idle speed
43 G
(More than 140 seconds after starting en-
gine) I
PBIA8148J
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
J
following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 K
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 P
heater (Bank 1) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE L
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE M
• Idle speed (11 - 14V)
29 G VIAS control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Between 2,200 and 3,300 0 - 1.0V N
rpm
EVAP control system pres-
32 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
O
EC-425
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB1040E
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
34 BR Intake air temperature sensor [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
[Engine is running] Approximately 1.8V
35 O A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
Knock sensor [Engine is running]
36 W Approximately 2.5V
(Bank 2) • Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
SEC985C
EC-426
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting
D
SEC990C
EVAP canister purge volume
45 R
control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine) F
SEC991C G
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
Sensor power supply H
48 SB (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply I
49 P (Refrigerant pressure sensor/ [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
Battery current sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
J
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON] K
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
L
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2V
• Idle speed
51 P Mass air flow sensor M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.5 - 1.8V
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
[Engine is running] N
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met
55 G
(Bank 2) - Engine: After warming up
0 - Approximately 1.0V O
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load P
56 LG A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2V
EC-427
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
60 SB Ignition signal No. 5 SEC986C
61 L Ignition signal No. 3
62 Y Ignition signal No. 1 0.1 - 0.4V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
SEC987C
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
67 B Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
68 G (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
70 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
[Engine is running]
71 R Battery current sensor • Battery: Fully charged* Approximately 2.6 - 3.5V
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant temperature
73 Y [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met
74 W 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(Bank 1) - Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
75 P A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2V
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 GR • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed
EC-428
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.2V EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
79 P Ignition signal No. 6 SEC986C D
80 GR Ignition signal No. 4
81 G Ignition signal No. 2 0.1 - 0.4V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F
SEC987C
[Engine is running]
82 B
Sensor ground
• Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
G
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground H
83 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V - Battery volt-
85 W Data link connector
• CONSULT-III or GST: disconnected age (11 - 14V) I
86 P CAN communication line — —
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1) J
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
94 L CAN communication line — — K
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released L
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
M
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON] N
Approximately 0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
99 SB ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
O
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 3V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2V P
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 LG Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
EC-429
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Shift lever: P or N
102 G PNP switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Except above position (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
107 Y Fuel tank temperature sensor [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature.
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
108 LG ASCD brake switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 W/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.5V
ON
113 V Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
115 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
116 GR • Idle speed
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
117 G [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM (Back- BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 R/B [Ignition switch: OFF]
up) (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-4, "How to Handle Battery".
EC-430
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000001370563
EC
ALBWA0150GB
EC-431
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBWA0151GB
EC-432
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
O
ALBWA0152GB
EC-433
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBWA0153GB
EC-434
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
O
ALBWA0154GB
EC-435
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBIA0371GB
EC-436
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0372GB
EC-437
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBIA0373GB
EC-438
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0374GB
EC-439
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBIA0375GB
EC-440
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0376GB
EC-441
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBIA0377GB
EC-442
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0378GB
EC-443
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBIA0379GB
EC-444
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0380GB
EC-445
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBIA0381GB
EC-446
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0382GB
EC-447
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBIA0383GB
EC-448
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0384GB
EC-449
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ALBIA0385GB
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
EC-450
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-451
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000001366460
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
• If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-97.
• If dtc U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
EC-98.
EC-452
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC Index INFOID:0000000001366435
A
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
EC
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
C
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*5 — 1 × EC-97
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — Flashing*7 EC-66
MAY BE REQUIRED. E
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — 2 × EC-99
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 P0021 0021 — 2 × EC-99
F
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — 2 × EC-102
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — 2 × EC-102
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — 2 × EC-105 G
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — 2 × EC-105
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0051 0051 — 2 × EC-102
H
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0052 0052 — 2 × EC-102
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 0057 — 2 × EC-105
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 0058 — 2 × EC-105 I
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — 2 × EC-109
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 P0081 0081 — 2 × EC-109
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 — 2 × EC-112
J
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — 1 × EC-118
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — 1 × EC-118
K
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — 2 × EC-123
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — 2 × EC-123
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — 1 × EC-126 L
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — 1 × EC-126
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — 1 × EC-130
M
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — 1 × EC-130
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — 2 × EC-134
IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 — 2 × EC-137 N
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — 2 × EC-140
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — 2 × EC-142
O
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — 2 × EC-146
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — 2 × EC-150
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × 2 × EC-154 P
HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × 2 × EC-159
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × 2 × EC-165
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × 2 × EC-173
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0150 0150 — 2 × EC-142
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0151 0151 — 2 × EC-146
EC-453
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0152 0152 — 2 × EC-150
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0153 0153 × 2 × EC-154
HO2S2 (B2) P0157 0157 × 2 × EC-159
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 0158 × 2 × EC-165
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 0159 × 2 × EC-173
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — 2 × EC-179
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — 2 × EC-185
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 0174 — 2 × EC-179
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 0175 — 2 × EC-185
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 — 2 × EC-191
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 — 2 × EC-194
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 — 2 × EC-194
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — 1 × EC-197
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — 1 × EC-197
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — 2 × EC-201
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — 2 × EC-201
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — 2 × EC-201
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — 2 × EC-201
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — 2 × EC-201
CYL 5 MISFIRE P0305 0305 — 2 × EC-201
CYL 6 MISFIRE P0306 0306 — 2 × EC-201
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — EC-208
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — EC-208
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0332 0332 — 2 — EC-208
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0333 0333 — 2 — EC-208
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × EC-211
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × EC-215
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 P0345 0345 — 2 × EC-215
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × EC-219
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 0430 × 2 × EC-219
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 × 2 × EC-224
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 × 2 × EC-229
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 — 2 × EC-236
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × EC-241
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — 2 × EC-241
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 — 2 × EC-244
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 — 2 × EC-248
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 — 2 × EC-253
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 — 2 × EC-256
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 — 2 × EC-260
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 — 2 × EC-265
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 ×*4 2 × EC-272
EC-454
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 — 2 × EC-280 EC
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 — 2 × EC-282
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 — 2 × EC-284
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 — 2 × EC-284 C
EC-455
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
SEC-40 or
LOCK MODE P1610 1610 — 2 —
SEC-118
SEC-34 or
ID DISCARD IMM-ECM P1611 1611 — 2 —
SEC-115
SEC-36 or
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1612 1612 — 2 —
SEC-117
SEC-30 or
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1614 1614 — 2 —
SEC-111
SEC-33 or
DIFFERENCE OF KEY P1615 1615 — 2 —
SEC-114
IN PLUY SPEED P1715 1715 — 2 — EC-345
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 1730 — 1 × TM-82
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 1752 — 1 × TM-86
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 1757 — 1 × TM-88
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 1762 — 1 × TM-90
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 1767 — 1 × TM-92
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 1772 — 1 × TM-94
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 1774 — 1 × TM-96
VIAS S/V-1 P1800 1800 — 2 — EC-346
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — 2 — EC-349
ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — 1 × EC-352
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — 1 × EC-355
ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — 1 × EC-352
ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — 1 × EC-359
ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — 1 × EC-361
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × EC-363
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × EC-363
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × EC-366
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × EC-366
TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × EC-370
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × EC-374
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — 2 × EC-378
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P2A03 2A03 — 2 × EC-378
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC need CONSULT-III.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*7: When the ECM is in the mode of displaying SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to "How to Display SRT Status".
EC-456
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required A
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
EC
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO C
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/compo- D
nent. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL
and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the
vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. E
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then per-
form DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the mal- F
function is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. G
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc. H
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. I
Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. J
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if
available) is recommended. K
DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. L
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem- M
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. N
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-74, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the O
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no P
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
EC-457
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
EC-458
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is A
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
EC
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
C
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) D
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
E
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” F
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
G
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC H
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. I
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will J
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above K
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state L
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. M
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. N
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”. O
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. P
EC-459
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
PBIB2320E
*1 "How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC" *2 "How to Display SRT Status" *3 "How to Set SRT Code"
NO TOOLS
A SRT code itself can no be displayed while only SRT status can be.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown below.
• When all SRT codes are set, MIL lights up continuously.
EC-460
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will flash periodically for 10 seconds.
A
EC
PBIB2317E F
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions. G
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on "SRT Item". H
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
I
EC-461
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Driving Pattern
PBIB3622E
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC-462
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Sea level
• Flat road A
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
EC
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V). C
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
• The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage D
between the ECM terminal 107 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. E
Pattern 3:
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Replace the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed F
from 90km/h (56MPH) to 0km/h (0MPH).
Pattern 4:
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-
state driving. G
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all
over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 H
MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for
more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle
PBIB2244E
speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. I
EC-463
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
EC-464
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage
P0151 83H 0BH
for test cycle
C
Maximum sensor output voltage
P0151 84H 0BH
for test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage D
P0150 85H 0BH
for test cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage
P0150 86H 0BH
for test cycle
E
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio
05H P0153 87H 04H
(Bank 2) (Lean to Rich)
Response rate: Response ratio
P0153 88H 04H
(Rich to Lean)
F
P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
G
Difference in sensor output volt-
P0150 8BH 0BH
age
HO2S
Response gain at the limited fre- H
P0153 8CH 83H
quency
Minimum sensor output voltage
P0158 07H 0CH
for test cycle
I
Maximum sensor output voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0157 08H 0CH
06H for test cycle
(Bank 2)
P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage J
Difference in sensor output volt-
P0159 81H 0CH
age
Minimum sensor output voltage K
P0163 07H 0CH
for test cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 P0164 08H 0CH
07H for test cycle
(Bank2) L
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
Difference in sensor output volt-
P0165 81H 0CH
age M
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust
P0420 82H 01H
index value N
Three way catalyst function
21H Difference in 3rd O2 sensor out-
(Bank1) P2423 83H 0CH
put voltage
EC-465
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp
P0400 80H 96H
change rate (short term)
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp
P0400 81H 96H
change rate (long term)
EGR Low Flow Faults: Difference be-
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H tween max EGR temp and EGR
temp under idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp in-
P1402 84H 96H
crease rate
Difference in pressure sensor out-
EVAP control system leak
39H P0455 80H 0CH put voltage before and after pull
(Cap Off)
down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) 0.04inch)
EVAP Leak area index (for more than
P0456 80H 05H
SYSTEM EVAP control system 0.02inch)
3CH
(Very small leak) Maximum internal pressure of
P0456 81H FDH
EVAP system during monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor out-
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH put voltage before and after vent
control value close
A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0031 Converted value of Heater electric
41H 81H 0BH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0032 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input:P0037 Converted value of Heater electric
42H 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0038 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) current to voltage
SOR
HEATER A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0051 Converted value of Heater electric
45H 81H 0BH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0052 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input:P0057 Converted value of Heater electric
46H 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0058 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric
47H P0063 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) current to voltage
Secondary Air Injection System
P0411 80H 01H
Incorrect Flow Detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary Air Injection System
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 Insufficient Flow
Secondary Air Injection System
P2445 82H 01H
Pump Stuck Off
SEC-
Secondary Air Injection System
OND- 71H Secondary Air system P2448 83H 01H
High Airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary Air Injection System
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 Switching Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System
P2440 85H 01H
Switching Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System
P2444 86H 01H
Pump Stuck On
EC-466
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
81H The number of lambda control C
(Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
FUEL clamped
SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
82H The number of lambda control D
(Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
clamped
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0301 80H 24H
first cylinder E
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0302 81H 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the F
P0303 82H 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0304 83H 24H
fourth cylinder
G
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0305 84H 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the H
P0306 85H 24H
sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0307 86H 24H
seventh cylinder
I
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0308 87H 24H
eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the J
P0300 88H 24H
multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0301 89H 24H
first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfire K
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0302 8AH 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0303 8BH 24H L
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0304 8CH 24H
fourth cylinder
M
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0305 8DH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0306 8EH 24H N
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0307 8FH 24H
fifth cylinder
O
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0308 90H 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0300 91H 24H P
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0300 92H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0300 93H 24H
multiple cylinders
EC-467
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0301 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A2H No.1 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0301 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0302 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A3H No.2 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0302 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0303 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A4H No.3 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0303 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0304 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A5H No.4 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0304 0CH 24H
ing cycles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0305 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A6H No.5 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0305 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0306 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A7H No.6 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0306 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0307 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A8H No.7 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0307 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0308 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A9H No.8 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0308 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EC-468
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. A
2. Perform TM-33. (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools EC
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-453, "DTC Index"), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. C
2. Perform TM-33. (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-66, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)". D
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes E
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data F
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. G
EC-469
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000001366462
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
EC-470
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SYMPTOM
A
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
EC-471
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel tank FL-6
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-5
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-25
Air cleaner EM-25
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-25
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-26
Air leakage from intake manifold/ EM-26,
Collector/Gasket EM-29
Cranking Battery PG-6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit CHG-4
Starter circuit 3 1 STR-4
Signal plate 6 EM-117
PNP switch 4 TM-50
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-98
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-117
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-61
mecha-
Camshaft EM-81
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-61
Intake valve
3 EM-98
Exhaust valve
EC-472
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SYMPTOM
A
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
EC-473
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000001366290
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-37, "System Description".
EC-474
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ40DE]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000001366281
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. D
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING: E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
F
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000001366282
H
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. I
PIIB3706J
L
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000001366283
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. M
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will N
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.) O
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-62.
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with P
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-475
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ40DE]
Precaution INFOID:0000000001366284
PBIB1512E
EC-476
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ40DE]
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions prop- A
erly. Refer to EC-422, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
EC
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), C
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC D
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
E
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SEF217U G
N
SEF348N
SEC893C
EC-477
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ40DE]
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
BBIA0529E
SEF709Y
PBIB1512E
EC-478
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ40DE]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000001366285
EC
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description C
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
(J-33984-A) diator filler neck D
Radiator cap tester a: 28 (1.10) dia.
adapter b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in) E
S-NT564
LEC642
H
LBIA0376E
PBIC0198E
M
EC-479
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ40DE]
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000001366286
Tool name
Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak
i.e.: (J-41416)
S-NT703
S-NT704
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure
S-NT815
S-NT705
S-NT779
EC-480
FUEL PRESSURE
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VQ40DE]
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE A
FUEL PRESSURE
Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000001366444
EC
BBIA0534E
I
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick J
connector o-ring maintains sealability.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because R51 models do not have fuel return system. K
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 and Fuel Pressure Adapter J-44321-6 to check fuel pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE".
2. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release J-45488. Refer to EM-29. L
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
• Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
• Keep fuel hose connections clean. M
3. Install Fuel Pressure Adapter J-44321-6 and Fuel Pressure
Gauge (from kit J-44321) as shown in figure.
• Do not distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel pres- N
sure gauge adapter.
• When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump), and check for O
fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
P
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
• During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel BBIA0535E
EC-481
FUEL PRESSURE
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VQ40DE]
8. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
9. Before disconnecting Fuel Pressure Gauge and Fuel Pressure Adapter J-44321-6, release fuel pressure
to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE".
EC-482
EVAP LEAK CHECK
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VQ40DE]
EVAP LEAK CHECK
A
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage INFOID:0000000001366385
CAUTION: EC
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
C
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-III D
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT MODE” with CONSULT-III. E
5. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen.
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar
graph. F
7. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-46, "Descrip-
tion".
G
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-III J
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP K
service port adapter.
M
SEF462UA
pump.
6. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-46, "Description".
EC-483
EVAP CANISTER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [VQ40DE]
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
EVAP CANISTER
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001366383
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C.
3. Release blocked port B.
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports A and C.
5. Block port A and B.
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB2568E
EVAP CANISTER
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
BBIA0566E
BBIA0567E
EC-484
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VQ40DE]
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Approximately 350 (3.57, 51)
C
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000001376521
D
Target idle speed No load* (in P or N position) 625 ± 50 rpm
Air conditioner: ON In P or N position 625 rpm or more
Ignition timing In P or N position 15 ± 5° BTDC E
*: Under the following conditions:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) F
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
EC-485
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VQ40DE]
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000001376527
EC-486
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000001537593
EC
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- C
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- D
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
F
SEF233G
J
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on "WORK FLOW" . K
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under L
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on "Worksheet Sample" should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. M
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
WORK FLOW N
EC-487
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
Overall Sequence
PBIB3456E
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-488
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
2.CHECK DTC*1 A
1. Check DTC*1 .
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2 . (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) EC
1
- Erase DTC* . (Refer to EC-919, "DTC Index" .)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-937, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .) C
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
D
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5. E
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident. F
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
G
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
H
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. I
>> GO TO 6.
J
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1 , and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again. K
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-918, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE: L
• Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
• Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check. M
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected? N
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to GI-47, "Work Flow".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION O
EC-489
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-555, "Diagnosis Procedure" .
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-937, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symp-
tom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
54, "Circuit Inspection".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-888, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value" , EC-885, "CONSULT-III Refer-
ence Value in Data Monitor Mode" .
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-919, "DTC Index" .
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM
and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-919, "DTC Index" and TM-33, "OBD-
II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)" .)
2. If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to
EC-919, "DTC Index" .
3. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
EC-490
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- A
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
EC
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and C
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to D
evaporate into the atmosphere.
Worksheet Sample
E
P
MTBL0017
EC-491
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000001537594
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
EC-492
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. A
EC
PBIA8513J
D
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-496, "Idle Speed and Ignition
Timing Check".
E
650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III F
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute. G
3. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-496, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. I
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine. J
2. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
>> GO TO 5. K
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". L
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING M
EC-493
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-496, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-496, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
BBIA0379E
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
EC-494
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
2. GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN A
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-496, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
D
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-496, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
J
BBIA0379E
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
EC-495
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
Did you replace ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure?
Yes or No
Yes >> 1. Perform EC-496, "VIN Registration".
2. INSPECTION END
No >> INSPECTION END
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check INFOID:0000000001537595
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST
Check idle speed with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
BBIA0377E
BBIA0379E
DESCRIPTION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
OPERATION PROCEDURE
EC-496
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
With CONSULT-III
1. Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-33, "Identification Number". A
2. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
3. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
EC
4. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning INFOID:0000000001537598
C
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time D
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
E
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
F
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning INFOID:0000000001537599 G
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by H
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE I
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning INFOID:0000000001537601 K
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific L
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
M
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. N
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch: ON
• Electric load switch: OFF O
(Air conditioner, headlamp)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
start the headlamp will not be illuminated. P
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9V.
- Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
EC-497
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to
the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
EC-498
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCE- A
DURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: EC
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
C
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-554. D
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
• Engine stalls. E
• Erroneous idle.
EC-499
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000001537602
PBIB3638E
EC-500
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000001537603
EC
ALBIA0352ZZ
M
EC-501
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
AWBIA0081ZZ
1. Body ground (view with air cleaner 2. Body ground (view with battery re- 3. No.1 ignition coil
case removed) moved)
4. Engine ground 5. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 6. IPDM E/R
temperature sensor)
7. Battery 8. Radiator hose 9. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
EC-502
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
10. Electric throttle control actuator 11. Electronic throttle control actuator 12. Cooling fan motor harness connec-
(view with intake air duct removed) harness connector (view with intake tor A
air duct removed)
: Vehicle front
EC
AWBIA0082ZZ
EC-503
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. EVAP service port 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
solenoid valve (view with engine (view from under vehicle)
cover removed)
4. Engine oil pan 5. Condenser-1 6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) 8. EVAP control system pressure sen- 9. EVAP canister vent control valve
sor
10. EVAP canister 11. Drain filter 12. Refrigerant pressure sensor
13. Intake valve timing control position 14. Intake valve timing control position 15. Intake valve timing control solenoid
sensor (bank 2) (view with engine sensor (bank 1) valve (bank 2) (view with engine cov-
cover and intake air duct removed) er and intake air duct removed)
16. Drive belt 17. Radiator hose (view with engine cov- 18 Intake valve timing control solenoid
er and intake air duct removed) valve (bank 1)
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0369ZZ
1. Knock sensor (bank 1) (view with en- 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) (view with en- 3. Battery current sensor
gine removed) gine removed)
4. Power steering pressure sensor 5. Intake manifold 6. Engine coolant temperature sensor
EC-504
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 9. Fuel injector harness connectors
(bank2) (bank 1) (bank 2) A
10. Fuel injector harness connectors
(bank 1)
: Vehicle front EC
PBIB2710E
AWBIA0083ZZ
P
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 2. A/F sensor 1(bank 1) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2
(bank 1)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2
(bank 2)
: Vehicle front
EC-505
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
AWBIA0084ZZ
EC-506
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
10. Fuel pump, fuel level sensor unit and 11. Fuel pressure regulator 12. ASCD brake switch
fuel filter A
13. Stop lamp switch 14. Brake pedal
EC
EC-507
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000001537604
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) VDC/TCS operation command*2
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system. This is used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
EC-508
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A
EC
PBIB3020E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. D
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-615. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric E
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching F
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control G
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration H
• High-load, high-speed operation
• Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
• Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature I
• During warm-up
• After shifting from N to D
• When starting the engine J
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret- K
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
L
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim M
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the- N
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, O
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC-509
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
PBIB0122E
EC-510
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000001537605
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION H
Firing order: 1 - 8 - 7 - 3 - 6 - 5 - 4 -2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput- I
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM. J
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage K
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not L
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
M
EC-511
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart INFOID:0000000001537606
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
EC-512
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
A
System Description INFOID:0000000001537608
EC-514
CAN COMMUNICATION
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
CAN COMMUNICATION
A
System Description INFOID:0000000001537610
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-57, "CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN communication for detail.
D
EC-515
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
COOLING FAN CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000001551310
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Control
JMBIA0700GB
EC-516
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000001537612
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
G
PBIB3639E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the I
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and J
idling.
EC-517
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
PBIB2053E
EC-518
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
ALBIA0366ZZ
P
1. EVAP vapor purge line 2. EVAP control system pressure sen- 3. EVAP canister vent control valve
sor
4. EVAP canister 5. Drain filter 6. Fuel filler pipe
:Vehicle front
:Previous page
EC-519
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000001537613
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3276E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
EC-520
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Introduction INFOID:0000000001537614
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua- EC
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-916, I
"Fail-Safe Chart".)
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000001537615
J
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in K
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL, L
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
EC-521
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-522
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or A
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-542, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
EC
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol- C
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items D
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items) E
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated F
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st G
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- H
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”.
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE I
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com- J
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. K
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's L
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem- M
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested. N
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and O
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. P
EC-523
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SRT item Performance Corresponding
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-III indication) Priority* DTC No.
EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
1 EVAP control system P0442
2 EVAP control system P0456
HO2S 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
EC-524
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE: A
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure EC
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
C
PBIB2320E
O
*1 “How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC” *2 “How to Display SRT Status” *3 “How to Set SRT Code”
EC-525
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO TOOLS
A SRT code itself can not be displayed while only SRT status can be.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown below.
• When all SRT codes are set, MIL lights up continuously.
• When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will flash periodically for 10 seconds.
PBIB2317E
EC-526
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
PBIB3622E
P
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC-527
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
• The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 107 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
Pattern 4:
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-
state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all
over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56
MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for
more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle
PBIB2244E
speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
EC-528
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-529
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage
P0151 83H 0BH
for test cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage
P0151 84H 0BH
for test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage
P0150 85H 0BH
for test cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage
P0150 86H 0BH
for test cycle
EC-530
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp
P0400 80H 96H
change rate (short term)
C
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp
P0400 81H 96H
change rate (long term)
EGR Low Flow Faults: Difference be- D
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H tween max EGR temp and EGR
temp under idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
E
High Flow Faults: EGR temp in-
P1402 84H 96H
crease rate
Difference in pressure sensor out-
39H
EVAP control system leak
P0455 80H 0CH put voltage before and after pull
F
(Cap Off)
down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than
3BH P0442 80H 05H G
(Small leak) 0.04inch)
EVAP Leak area index (for more than
P0456 80H 05H
SYSTEM EVAP control system 0.02inch)
3CH H
(Very small leak) Maximum internal pressure of
P0456 81H FDH
EVAP system during monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor out-
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH put voltage before and after vent I
control value close
A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0031 Converted value of Heater electric
41H 81H 0BH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0032 current to voltage J
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input:P0037 Converted value of Heater electric
42H 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0038 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric K
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) current to voltage
SOR
HEATER A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0051 Converted value of Heater electric
45H 81H 0BH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0052 current to voltage L
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input:P0057 Converted value of Heater electric
46H 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0058 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric M
47H P0063 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) current to voltage
Secondary Air Injection System
P0411 80H 01H
Incorrect Flow Detected
N
Bank1: P0491 Secondary Air Injection System
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 Insufficient Flow
Secondary Air Injection System
P2445 82H 01H O
Pump Stuck Off
SEC-
Secondary Air Injection System
OND- 71H Secondary Air system P2448 83H 01H
High Airflow
ARY AIR P
Bank1: P2440 Secondary Air Injection System
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 Switching Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System
P2440 85H 01H
Switching Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System
P2444 86H 01H
Pump Stuck On
EC-531
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
81H The number of lambda control
(Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
FUEL clamped
SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
82H The number of lambda control
(Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
clamped
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0301 80H 24H
first cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0302 81H 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0303 82H 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0304 83H 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0305 84H 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0306 85H 24H
sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0307 86H 24H
seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0308 87H 24H
eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0300 88H 24H
multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0301 89H 24H
first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfire
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0302 8AH 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0303 8BH 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0304 8CH 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0305 8DH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0306 8EH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0307 8FH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0308 90H 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0300 91H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0300 92H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0300 93H 24H
multiple cylinders
EC-532
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0301 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
for last 10 driving cycles
C
A2H No.1 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0301 0CH 24H
ing cycles
D
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0302 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A3H No.2 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv- E
P0302 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0303 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts F
A4H No.3 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0303 0CH 24H
ing cycles G
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0304 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A5H No.4 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
H
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0304 0CH 24H
ing cycles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
I
P0305 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A6H No.5 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0305 0CH 24H J
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0306 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A7H No.6 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles K
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0306 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted L
P0307 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A8H No.7 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv- M
P0307 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0308 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
for last 10 driving cycles
N
A9H No.8 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0308 0CH 24H
ing cycles
O
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-III P
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “All Erase” in the “Descrip-
tion” of “FINAL CHECK” mode with CONSULT-III.
WITH GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-919, "DTC Index"), skip step 2.
EC-533
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform TM-33, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". (The DTC in TCM will be erased)
3. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for AT related items (see EC-919, "DTC Index"), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform TM-33, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.)
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-534, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000001537617
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to MWI-17.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
EC-534
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Engine stopped C
D
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is de-
WARNING tected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip de-
tection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
E
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
F
• One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
G
Engine stopped H
I
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as J
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction. K
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-535
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.
PBIB0092E
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
EC-536
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code. A
EC
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The “A” is indicated by the number of eleven flash. The length of time the J
1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second)
cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. K
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
L
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-919, "DTC Index")
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
M
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to “How
to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses. N
O
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are P
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-521, "Two Trip Detection
Logic"
• The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
EC-537
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
EC-538
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
L
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-540
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
L
SEF393SD
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM. O
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip P
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETE-
RIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
EC-541
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
<Driving Pattern A>
AEC574
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000001537619
FUNCTION
EC-542
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-543
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR
STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
Fuel injector × ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × ×
Throttle control motor relay × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
EC-544
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
A
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN When detecting EVAP vapor leak
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE point of EVAP system
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
• IGN SW ON EC
• ENGINE NOT RUNNING
• AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
• NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM C
• FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
• WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE”
• WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” D
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
III WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRI-
ATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
E
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DIS-
PLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BAT-
TERY”, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
F
VIN REGISTRATION • IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM When registering VIN in ECM
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*1 • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
EC-545
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
B/FUEL SCHDL
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] • Always a certain value is displayed.
FTFMCH1 • These items are not efficient for R51 models.
*: The item is the same as that of 1st trip freeze frame data.
ECM IN-
Monitored item MAIN
PUT SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIGNALS
NALS
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed
• Indicates the engine speed computed
drops below the idle rpm.
from the signal of the crankshaft position
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × • If the signal is interrupted while the en-
sensor (POS) and camshaft position
gine is running, an abnormal value may
sensor (PHASE).
be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor is displayed. • When engine is running specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel in-
B/FUEL SCHDL jection pulse width programmed into • When engine is running specification
×
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated in “SPEC”.
rection.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × • When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-
• When engine is running specification
back correction factor per cycle is indi-
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] × range is indicated in “SPEC”.
cated.
• This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (deter-
sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the engine
× × enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
[°C] or [°F] coolant temperature sensor) is dis-
ant temperature determined by the ECM
played.
is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1) [V] × × • The A/F signal computed from the input
A/F SEN1 (B2) [V] × signal of the A/F sensor 1 is displayed.
EC-546
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ECM IN-
Monitored item MAIN
PUT SIG- Description Remarks A
[Unit] SIGNALS
NALS
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM EC
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × signal voltage is displayed.
terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 × × • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal volt-
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM
TP SEN 2-B1 × age is displayed.
terminal voltage signal.
C
• The fuel temperature (determined by the
FUEL T/TMP SE
× signal voltage of the fuel tank tempera-
[°C] or [°F] D
ture sensor) is displayed.
• The intake air temperature (determined
INT/A TEMP SE
× × by the signal voltage of the intake air
[°C] or [°F]
temperature sensor) is indicated. E
EVAP SYS PRES • The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
×
[V] tem pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE
×
• The signal voltage of the fuel level sen- F
[V] sor is displayed.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF]
START SIGNAL computed by the ECM according to the • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis- G
× ×
[ON/OFF] signals of engine speed and battery volt- played regardless of the starter signal.
age.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] comput-
CLSD THL POS H
× × ed by ECM according to the accelerator
[ON/OFF]
pedal position sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG
× × conditioner switch as determined by the I
[ON/OFF]
air conditioner signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
P/N POSI SW
× × park/neutral position (PNP) switch sig- J
[ON/OFF]
nal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
PW/ST SIGNAL system (determined by the signal voltage
× × K
[ON/OFF] of the power steering pressure sensor
signal) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
LOAD SIGNAL electrical load signal. L
× ×
[ON/OFF] ON: Lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni- M
×
[ON/OFF] tion switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from heat-
×
[ON/OFF] er fan switch signal.
N
BRAKE SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
×
[ON/OFF] stop lamp switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 O
× • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
[msec] • When the engine is stopped, a certain
width compensated by ECM according to
INJ PULSE-B2 computed value is indicated.
the input signals.
[msec]
P
IGN TIMING [BT- • Indicates the ignition timing computed by • When the engine is stopped, a certain
×
DC] ECM according to the input signals. value is indicated.
• “Calculated load value” indicates the val-
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ue of the current air flow divided by peak
air flow.
EC-547
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ECM IN-
Monitored item MAIN
PUT SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIGNALS
NALS
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW
ECM according to the signal voltage of
[g·m/s]
the mass air flow sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
PURG VOL C/V [%]
input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the val-
ue increases.
INT/V TIM (B1)
[°CA] • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft ad-
INT/V TIM (B2) vanced angle.
[°CA]
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] • The control value of the intake valve tim-
ing control solenoid valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is in-
INT/V SOL (B2) [%] dicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as
the value increases.
• The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY
× tion (determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signals) is indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-
FUEL PUMP RLY
× dition determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signals.
• The control condition of the EVAP canis-
ter vent control valve (determined by
VENT CONT/V ECM according to the input signals) is in-
[ON/OFF] dicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY
× control condition determined by the ECM
[ON/OFF]
according to the input signals.
• The control condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the in-
COOLING FAN
× put signals) is indicated.
[HI/OFF]
HI: High speed operation
OFF: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
HO2S2 HTR (B2) ECM according to the input signals.
[ON/OFF]
I/P PULLY SPD • Indicates the engine speed computed
×
[rpm] from the turbine revolution sensor signal.
VEHICLE SPEED • Indicates the vehicle speed computed
×
[km/h] or [mph] from the revolution sensor signal.
• Display the condition of Idle Air Volume
Learning
IDL A/V LEARN YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not
[YET/CMPLT] been performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has al-
ready been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
• Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
[km] or [mile]
EC-548
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ECM IN-
Monitored item MAIN
PUT SIG- Description Remarks A
[Unit] SIGNALS
NALS
A/F S1 HTR (B1) • A/F sensor 1 heater control value com-
[%] puted by ECM according to the input sig- EC
nals.
A/F S1 HTR (B2) • The current flow to the heater becomes
[%] larger as the value increases.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant
C
AC PRESS SEN [V] ×
pressure sensor is displayed.
• The vehicle speed computed from the
VHCL SPEED SE D
× vehicle speed signal sent from combina-
[km/h] or [mph]
tion meter is displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
× • The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph] E
MAIN SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN
×
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
CANCEL SW
×
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CAN- F
[ON/OFF] CEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RE-
×
[ON/OFF] SUME/ACCELERATE switch signal. G
SET SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/
×
[ON/OFF] COAST switch signal.
BRAKE SW1 • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from H
×
[ON/OFF] ASCD brake switch signal.
BRAKE SW2 • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop
×
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
I
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the
VHCL SPD CUT ASCD set speed.
[NON/CUT] CUT: Vehicle speed increased to exces- J
sively high compared with the ASCD set
speed, and ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. K
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the
LO SPEED CUT ASCD set speed.
[NON/CUT] CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to exces-
sively low compared with the ASCD set L
speed, and ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
AT OD MONITOR
according to the input signal from the M
[ON/OFF]
TCM.
AT OD CANCEL • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
[ON/OFF] cancel signal sent from the TCM.
N
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE
CRUISE LAMP
lamp determined by the ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals.
O
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET
SET LAMP
lamp determined by the ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals.
• Indicates the duty ratio of the power gen- P
eration command value. The ratio is cal-
ALT DUTY [%]
culated by ECM based on the battery
current sensor signal.
BAT CUR SEN • The signal voltage of battery current sen-
[mV] sor is displayed.
EC-549
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ECM IN-
Monitored item MAIN
PUT SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIGNALS
NALS
• The control condition of the power gener-
ation voltage variable control (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input
ALT DUTY SIG signals) is indicated.
[ON/OFF] ON: Power generation voltage variable
control is active.
OFF: Power generation voltage variable
control is inactive.
A/F ADJ-B1 • Indicates the correction factor stored in
ECM. The factor is calculated from the
difference between the target air/fuel ra-
A/F ADJ-B2 tio stored in ECM and the air-fuel ratio
calculated from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
1 signal.
Voltage [V]
Frequency [msec],
[Hz] or [%]
DUTY-HI • Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse
width measured by the probe.
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-550
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve EC
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III.
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III. C
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors D
• Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF
TROL/V sound. • Solenoid valve
with the CONSULT-III and listen
to operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original E
• Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN AN- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Idle • Harness and connectors
F
ALTERNATOR
• Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY
SULT-III. • Alternator
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. G
DESCRIPTION
EC-551
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained below.
ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect GST to data link connector (1), which is located under
LH dash panel near the hood opener handle.
ALBIA0359ZZ
EC-552
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
A
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.) EC
SEF398S
D
5. Perform each diagnostic service according to each service pro-
cedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of E
the tool maker.
G
SEF416S
EC-553
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000001537621
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When
the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may
have one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition INFOID:0000000001537622
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-492, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-555, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-554
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537624
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
PBIB2268E
EC-555
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
PBIB3214E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-554, "Testing Condition".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
NOTE:
EC-556
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little. A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2. EC
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. G
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. H
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6. J
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil. K
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too L
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
M
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-948, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. O
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-948, "Fuel Pressure Check".
GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
P
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check the following.
- Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
- Clogged fuel filter
- Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-867.)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-948, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
EC-557
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check the following.
- Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-870.)
- Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-864.)
- Intake air leakage
- Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-163, "Compression Pressure".)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-615, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-619, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-623, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P0133, P0153, refer to EC-627, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P2A00, P2A03, refer to EC-849, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
EC-558
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 15. A
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. EC
>> GO TO 16.
C
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the D
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END E
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-937, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
F
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
G
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
H
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high I
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc. J
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction K
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
EC-559
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-591.
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement".
3. Perform EC-496, "VIN Registration".
4. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
EC-560
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap A
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
EC
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc. C
>> GO TO 30.
D
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value. E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-937, "Symptom Matrix Chart". F
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value. G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-937, "Symptom Matrix Chart". H
EC-561
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537625
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
MBIB0015E
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-562
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. A
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F32, E2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
C
PBIB2569E H
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
I
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.
J
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
approximately 0V. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. L
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO PBIB1630E
11.
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV M
PBIB1191E
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can E
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. F
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. G
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
H
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye-
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-21, "Ground Distribution". I
N
PBIB1870E
EC-565
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000001537627
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537628
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000*1
communication signal of OBD (emission-related
1000*1 diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors
CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
line When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1001*2 shorted)
communication signal other than OBD (emission
1001*2 related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
*2: The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
EC-566
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
Description INFOID:0000000001537631
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537632
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagno-
CAN communication bus • ECM
1010 sis of CAN controller of ECM.
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537633
1.INSPECTION START I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. J
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-567, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
5. Is the DTC U1010 displayed again? K
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST. L
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-567, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
4. Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
M
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END N
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to O
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement".
3. Perform EC-496, "VIN Registration".
4. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". P
5. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-567
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537635
NOTE:
If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075, P0081, P1140 or P1145, first perform the trouble
diagnosis for EC-582 or EC-776.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
EC-568
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
A
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving con-
ditions required for this test.)
4. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. EC
L
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi- M
nated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. N
NG >> Go to LU-24, "Inspection".
PBIA8559J
P
EC-569
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
BBIA0771E
1. Intake valve timing control position 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Drive belt
sensor (bank 2) valve (bank 2)
4. Radiator hose 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Intake valve timing control position
valve (bank 1) sensor (bank 1)
SEF509Y
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-570
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
O
BBIA0771E
1. Intake valve timing control position 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Drive belt
P
sensor (bank 2) valve (bank 2)
4. Radiator hose 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Intake valve timing control position
valve (bank 1) sensor (bank 1)
EC-571
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB0192E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following;
ECM terminal 10 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve (Bank 1) terminal 1 or
ECM terminal 11 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve (Bank 2) terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-572
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal pick-up cutout of camshaft sprocket.
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION A
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
EC
Yes or No
Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-185, "Removal and Installation".
No >> GO TO 17.
C
17.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to LU-22, "Lubrication Circuit".
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Clean lubrication line.
E
18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537638
G
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector. H
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping. I
SEF362Z L
PBIB0194E
EC-573
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 7.1 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E
EC-574
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A
Description INFOID:0000000001537639
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
P0031
0031 The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0051 1 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.) G
0051 through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
P0032 H
0032 The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
1 heater control circuit
P0052 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
high
through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
I
0052
(Bank 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step. K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
M
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-575, "Diagnosis Procedure"
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537642
EC-575
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
ALBIA0360ZZ
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front
PBIB3308E
EC-576
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 (bank 1) or 24, 43 (bank 2) and A/F sensor 1 terminal
3. A
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIB3309E
O
EC-577
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
Description INFOID:0000000001537644
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0037
0037 The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0057 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
0057 through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
(Bank 2)
P0038
0038 The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0058 heater control circuit high (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
0058 through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
(Bank 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-578
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start the engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 rpm and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under A
no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-579, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST C
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537647
D
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. E
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
H
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
M
ALBIA0365ZZ
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 3. Heated oxygen sensor (bank 2) har- N
harness connector ness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
EC-579
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB0112E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0037, P0038 6 2 1
P0057, P0058 25 2 2
EC-580
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
A
Terminal No. Resistance
2 and 3 8 - 10 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
EC
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)
G
SEF249Y
EC-581
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537649
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0075
0075 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
through intake valve timing control solenoid
P0081 solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
0081 • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
(Bank 2)
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-582, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537652
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
BBIA0771E
EC-582
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Intake valve timing control position 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Drive belt A
sensor (bank 2) valve (bank 2)
4. Radiator hose 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Intake valve timing control position
valve (bank 1) sensor (bank 1)
EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
C
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0192E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following;
ECM terminal 10 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve (Bank 1) terminal 1 or J
ECM terminal 11 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve (Bank 2) terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-583, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
P
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537653
EC-583
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 7.1 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E
EC-584
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0101 MAF SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537654
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea- EC
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to the hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
BBIA0355E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537655
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or G
shorted.)
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
A) • Mass air flow sensor
under light load driving condition.
• EVAP control system pressure
sensor
H
• Intake air temperature sensor
P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit
0101 range/performance • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or I
shorted.)
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM • Intake air leaks
B)
under heavy load driving condition. • Mass air flow sensor
• EVAP control system pressure J
sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537656
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P
2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-587, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
EC-585
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-587, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
4. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
5. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-587, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
PBIB3457E
EC-586
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in A
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
5. If NG, go to EC-587, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
SEF534P
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537658
1.INSPECTION START E
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A >> GO TO 3. F
B >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
G
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts. I
3.RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
K
M
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
N
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
EC-587
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0353ZZ
PBIB1598E
EC-588
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor. A
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-725, "Component Inspection".
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
C
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-589, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
E
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537659
G
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III H
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. I
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
J
Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.0 - 1.3
K
operating temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 - 2.1
normal operating temperature.) L
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 1.0 - 1.3 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. M
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element N
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again. O
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. P
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-589
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
EC-590
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537660
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea- EC
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to the hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
BBIA0355E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537661
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors G
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 low input sent to ECM. • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
H
• Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- L
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
EC-591
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537663
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
3.RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0353ZZ
EC-592
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. A
PBIB1598E
F
>> Repair harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
EC-593
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
EC-594
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
A
EC
EC-595
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537665
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
BBIA0355E
<Reference data>
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0112 Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0112 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0113 Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Intake air temperature sensor
0113 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-596, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537668
EC-596
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
: Vehicle front
G
ALBIA0353ZZ
I
3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and
ground.
Voltage: Approximately 5V J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
L
PBIB1597E
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. N
EC-597
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
BBIA0355E
SEF012P
EC-598
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537670
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
H
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 73 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537671
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) P
ature sensor circuit Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while
engine is running.
EC-599
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537672
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-600, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537673
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) harness connector.
BBIA0775E
EC-600
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. A
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB0080E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
4.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-601, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
N
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
O
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537674
P
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EC-601
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
SEF012P
EC-602
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537675
F
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator H
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 2)
0123 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
J
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees. K
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- M
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. O
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-603, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537678
EC-603
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0371E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2065E
EC-604
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. A
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
EC
Refer to EC-848, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. C
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. D
2. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning". E
EC-605
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537679
EC-606
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0125 ECT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537680
NOTE: EC
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-599.
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the C
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther- D
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
F
<Reference data>
G
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
H
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 I
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 73 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: J
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537681
K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
• Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
• Harness or connectors
Insufficient engine coolant practical, even when some time has passed
P0125 (High resistance in the circuit)
0125
temperature for closed loop after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
M
fuel control • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
• Thermostat
closed loop fuel control.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine. O
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 31°C (88°F).
EC-607
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
If it is above 31°C (88°F), the test result will be OK.
If it is below 31°C (88°F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 31°C (88°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-608, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537683
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-608, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-51, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-897, "Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -".
EC-608
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. A
EC
PBIB2005E
D
<Reference data>
EC-609
P0127 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0127 IAT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537685
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
BBIA0355E
<Reference data>
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0127 Intake air temperature
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0127 too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. • Intake air temperature sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
a. Turn ignition switch ON.
b. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature.
EC-610
P0127 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine. A
• Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. EC
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. C
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-611, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST D
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537688
E
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. F
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
I
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. J
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR K
Refer to EC-611, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-897, "Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -".
N
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537689
O
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EC-611
P0127 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi-
nals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
BBIA0355E
SEF012P
EC-612
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537690
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long EC
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The engine coolant temperature does not • Thermostat
P0128
Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though • Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
0128
the engine has run long enough. • Engine coolant temperature sensor
D
E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: G
• For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
• For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 71°C (160°F).
• Before performing the following procedure, do not fill with the fuel.
H
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn A/C switch OFF.
2. Turn blower fan switch OFF. I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
J
If it is below 71°C (160°F), go to following step.
If it is above 71°C (160°F), cool down the engine to less than 71°C (160°F), then go to next step.
6. Start engine.
7. Wait at idle for a least 30 minutes. K
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 71°C (160°F) within 30 minutes, turn ignition switch
OFF because the test result will be OK.
8. Check 1st trip DTC. L
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-613, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. M
EC-613
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537693
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
SEF012P
EC-614
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537694
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
F
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0130 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
0130 A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other K
• Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 2.2V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
P0150 circuit or shorted.)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 L
0150 B)
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2V.
(Bank 2)
EC-615
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 2.2V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-616, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication fluctuates around 2.2V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
EC-616
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
ALBIA0360ZZ
I
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front J
PBIB3308E
N
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32 O
• IPDM E/R harness connector E119
• 15A fuse
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse P
EC-617
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
EC-618
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537699
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
F
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0131
0131 K
• Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0151 circuit low voltage F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V. shorted.)
0151 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 L
(Bank 2)
WITH CONSULT-III P
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, go to EC-620, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-619
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Restart engine.
8. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
9. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537702
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
ALBIA0360ZZ
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front
PBIB3308E
K
Continuity should exist.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal M
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
N
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power. O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
EC-621
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-622
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537703
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
F
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0132
0132 K
• Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0152 circuit high voltage sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V. shorted.)
0152 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 L
(Bank 2)
WITH CONSULT-III P
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5V, go to EC-624, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-623
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Restart engine.
8. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
9. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537706
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
ALBIA0360ZZ
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front
PBIB3308E
K
Continuity should exist.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal M
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
N
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power. O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
EC-625
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-626
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537707
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
F
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
J
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com-
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause K
P0133 • Harness or connectors
0133 (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
(Bank 1) shorted.) L
• A/F sensor 1
• The response of the A/F signal computed by • A/F sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than • Fuel pressure
P0153 circuit slow response
the specified time. • Fuel injector M
0153 • Intake air leaks
(Bank 2) • Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor N
O
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-627
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) or “A/F SEN1(B2) P1288/P1289” (for DTC P0153)
of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
8. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.
9. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-953
10. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle at under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%.
If OK, go to the following step.
If NG, check the following.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
8. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
9. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
10. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
11. Select Service $07 with GST.
If the 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-628, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537710
EC-628
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 E
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK G
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
H
PBIB1216E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK L
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA N
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. O
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? P
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-629
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness (1) connector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0360ZZ
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front
PBIB3308E
Bank 1 Bank 2 F
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
G
EC-631
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads (using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12) and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-632
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537711
PBIB1154E I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P0137 • Harness or connectors
0137 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is not • Heated oxygen sensor 2 K
P0157 circuit low voltage reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
0157 • Fuel injector
(Bank 2) • Intake air leaks
L
NOTE: M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III O
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. P
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC-633
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001537714
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 55 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 74 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.58V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
9. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position.
The voltage should be above 0.58V at least once during this PBIB2054E
procedure.
10. If NG, go to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537715
EC-634
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA E
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
F
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? G
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
I
: Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- J
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-534, "Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)". K
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. ALBIA0353ZZ
ALBIA0365ZZ
EC-635
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
harness connector (bank 1) harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0137 55 1 1
P0157 74 1 2
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0137 55 1 1
P0157 74 1 2
EC-636
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. A
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
C
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. D
JMBIA0605GB
G
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.58V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 H
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
J
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. K
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 55 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 74 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load L
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.58V at least once during this
procedure. M
If the voltage is above 0.58V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or N
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB2054E O
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: P
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-637
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537717
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB2376E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0138 • Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen-
0138 A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
(Bank 1) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
P0158 circuit high voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
0158 B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
(Bank 2) • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
EC-638
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE: A
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A C
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
D
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. E
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. F
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-640, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B H
With CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). L
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in M
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE: N
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-640, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1. P
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001537720
EC-639
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] or 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and
ground.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
9. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB2054E
procedure.
10. If NG, go to EC-640, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537721
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
ALBIA0365ZZ
EC-640
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) A
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor G
P0138 55 1 1
P0158 74 1 2
H
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I
Terminals
DTC Bank J
ECM Sensor
P0138 55 1 1
P0158 74 1 2 K
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
: Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-534, "Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. ALBIA0353ZZ
EC-642
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
ALBIA0365ZZ
D
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
E
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I
Terminals
DTC Bank J
ECM Sensor
P0138 55 1 1
P0158 74 1 2 K
M
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 55 1 1 N
P0158 74 1 2
EC-643
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
JMBIA0605GB
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.58V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 55 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 74 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.58V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.58V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position.
PBIB2054E
EC-644
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. A
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. EC
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads (using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12) and approved anti-seize lubricant.
C
EC-645
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537723
SEF302U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0139 • Harness or connectors
0139 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond be- • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0159 circuit slow response tween rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
0159 • Fuel injector
(Bank 2) • Intake air leaks
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC-646
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). A
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III. EC
11. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED is displayed. C
12. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. D
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001537726
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed. F
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 55 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 74 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and I
ground.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. J
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.12V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
K
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
9. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D L
position.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.12V for 1 sec- PBIB2054E
ond during this procedure. M
10. If NG, go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537727
N
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
O
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
EC-647
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
: Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-534, "Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. ALBIA0353ZZ
ALBIA0365ZZ
EC-648
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) A
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor G
P0139 55 1 1
P0159 74 1 2
H
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I
Terminals
DTC Bank J
ECM Sensor
P0139 55 1 1
P0159 74 1 2 K
EC-649
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
JMBIA0605GB
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.58V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 55 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 74 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.58V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.58V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB2054E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-650
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537729
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensors 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0171 • Intake air leaks
0171 • A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1) • Fuel injector F
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too • Exhaust gas leaks
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
P0174 lean • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
0174 • Lack of fuel
• Mass air flow sensor G
(Bank 2)
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
EC-651
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-652, "Diagnosis Procedure". If
engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
12. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
13. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-652, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537731
EC-652
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
A
EC
PBIB1216E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK E
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
G
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. H
K
ALBIA0360ZZ
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
L
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front
EC-653
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
EC-654
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. A
PBIB1986E D
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
E
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-180, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery. F
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. G
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 1. H
For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 2.
I
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. J
NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
PBIB1726E
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
L
>> INSPECTION END
EC-655
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537732
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensors 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0172
0172 • A/F sensor 1
(Bank 1) • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
Fuel injection system too
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
P0175 rich
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
0175 • Mass air flow sensor
(Bank 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
6. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0172, P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
657, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
EC-656
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). A
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. EC
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-657, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove spark plugs and
check for fouling, etc. C
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
E
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
F
: Vehicle front
6. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- G
nector.
7. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected. H
8. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
9. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. ALBIA0353ZZ
10. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a mal- I
function exists. If so, go to EC-657, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. J
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below. K
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con- L
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm M
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). N
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
11. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. O
12. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-657, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove spark plugs and
check for fouling, etc. P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537734
EC-657
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
ALBIA0360ZZ
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front
EC-658
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Bank 1 Bank 2 A
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
EC
2 56 2 75
EC-659
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
PBIB1986E
EC-660
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0181 FTT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537735
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera- EC
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases as temperature increases.
BBIA0545E E
<Reference data>
F
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is K
Fuel tank temperature • Harness or connectors
P0181 sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals
sensor circuit range/per- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0181 from engine coolant temperature sensor and in-
formance • Fuel tank temperature sensor
take air temperature sensor.
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537737
NOTE: M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III O
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-662, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK.
If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).
EC-661
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
6. Wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-662, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537738
BBIA0545E
4. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E
EC-662
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-663
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537740
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
BBIA0545E
<Reference data>
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0182 Fuel tank temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0183 Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Fuel tank temperature sensor
0183 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-664, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537743
EC-664
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector. A
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
BBIA0545E
D
4. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
NG >> GO TO 2.
G
PBIB0932E
EC-665
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SEF476YA
EC-666
P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537745
F
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator H
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 1)
0223 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
J
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees. K
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- M
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. O
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-667, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537748
EC-667
P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0371E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2065E
EC-668
P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. A
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
EC
Refer to EC-848, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. C
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. D
2. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning". E
EC-669
P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537749
EC-670
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MIS-
A
FIRE
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537750
EC
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire
Multiple cylinder misfire.
0300 detected
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire de- J
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 tected
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire • Improper spark plug
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
0302 detected • Insufficient compression K
• Incorrect fuel pressure
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire
No. 3 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
0303 detected
• Fuel injector
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire • Intake air leak L
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
0304 detected • The ignition signal circuit is open or short-
ed
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfire
No. 5 cylinder misfires. • Lack of fuel
0305 detected M
• Signal plate
P0306 No. 6 cylinder misfire • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
No. 6 cylinder misfires.
0306 detected • Incorrect PCV hose connection
P0307 No. 7 cylinder misfire
No. 7 cylinder misfires.
N
0307 detected
P0308 No. 8 cylinder misfire
No. 8 cylinder misfires.
0308 detected
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537751
CAUTION: P
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-671
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-672, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
d. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537752
BBIA0374E
Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7.
G
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No H
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-864.
I
PBIB1986E
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pres-
sure.
NOTE: M
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel N
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri- O
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
ALBIA0351ZZ
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked.
P
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
EC-673
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
SEF156I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. D
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. E
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-897, "Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -".)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-948, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
• Fuel lines F
• Fuel filter for clogging
Items Specifications
Target idle speed 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) I
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. J
NG >> Follow the EC-492, "Basic Inspection".
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
L
ALBIA0360ZZ
O
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front P
EC-675
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
EC-676
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-592, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
17.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-937, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Repair or replace.
C
18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-919, "DTC Index". D
>> GO TO 19.
E
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
F
>> INSPECTION END
EC-677
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537753
PBIB0021E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0327
0327
(bank 1) Knock sensor circuit low in- An excessively low voltage from the sensor
put is sent to ECM.
P0332
0332 • Harness or connectors
(bank 2) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 • Knock sensor
0328
(bank 1) Knock sensor circuit high in- An excessively high voltage from the sensor
put is sent to ECM.
P0333
0333
(bank 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-678, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537756
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminals 15, 36 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR H
Refer to EC-680, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor.
5.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS J
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
K
BBIA0539E
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-679
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.
SEF227W
EC-680
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537758
H
PBIB2448E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
J
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
• Harness or connectors K
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
0335 sor (POS) circuit • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
while the engine is running.
• Signal plate
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine run- L
ning.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step. N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
P
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537761
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
- Engine oil pan (2)
ALBIA0354ZZ
SEF481Y
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-682
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. A
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
• Harness connectors F32, E2
• Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ground
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) G
M
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. N
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
O
PBIB0563E
EC-683
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
PBIB0564E
EC-684
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537763
PBIB2448E
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537764
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
the first few seconds during engine cranking. • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) K
P0340 Camshaft position sen- • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM • Camshaft (Exhaust)
0340 sor (PHASE) circuit during engine running. • Starter motor (Refer to STR-7, "System
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal Diagram".)
L
pattern during engine running. • Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step. N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-686, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
EC-685
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-686, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537766
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (2) har-
ness connector.
- Radiator hose (1)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0740E
SEF481Y
EC-686
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground. D
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-687
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
PBIB0563E
PBIB0564E
EC-688
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537768
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel sensor EC
(A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 C
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way D
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
PBIB2055E E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
P0420 • Three way catalyst (manifold)
0420 • Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper-
(Bank 1) • Intake air leaks G
Catalyst system efficien- ate properly.
• Fuel injector
P0430 cy below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
0430 enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
(Bank 2) • Improper ignition timing H
NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III K
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. L
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. M
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
N
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
O
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator P
pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12.
12. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
13. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.
14. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-689
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
15. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-690, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001537770
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Open engine hood.
8. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals ECM terminals 55
[HO2S2 (bank 1) signal], 74 [HO2S2 (bank 2) signal] and
ground.
9. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
10. Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 sec-
onds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-690, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
PBIB2056E
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-690
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
EC-691
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
SEF156I
EC-692
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
EC-693
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000001537772
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
PBIB3640E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537773
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve stuck closed
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
• Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate proper- nection of rubber tube
P0441 EVAP control system in- ly, EVAP control system has a leak between in- • Blocked rubber tube
0441 correct purge flow take manifold and EVAP control system • Cracked EVAP canister
pressure sensor. • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-694
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
A
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
6. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- C
SULT-III.
7. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
8. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain D
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. I
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
6. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
7. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 32 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
L
8. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
9. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute. M
EC-695
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW
With CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-517, "Description".
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum
existence.
EC-696
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B. A
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C.
EC
SEF367U
D
3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
E
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
F
G
SEF368U
EC-697
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-698, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace drain filter.
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-717, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
13.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-517, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace it.
14.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
DRAIN FILTER
1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
EC-698
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537778
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum. EC
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold C
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB3640E
I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used J
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve. K
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
L
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP
P0442 • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
small leak detected control system does not operate prop-
0442 • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
(negative pressure) erly. M
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• Drain filter N
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• EVAP control system pressure sensor O
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
P
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
EC-699
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537779
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F)
5. Select “EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-492, "Basic Inspection".
EC-700
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
EC
SEF915U
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
F
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-705, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP J
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE: K
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) L
• EVAP service port (2)
• : Vehicle front
M
ALBIA0349ZZ
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
EC-701
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-517, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
SEF200U
BBIA0558E G
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor H
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.0 kg (4.4 lb).
OK or NG
I
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 12.
J
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage K
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and drain filter for clogging or poor connection
EC-703
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-875.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
EC-704
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP) G
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
J
SEF445Y
EC-705
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
PBIB3641E
EC-706
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001537782
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
PBIB2057E
M
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• EVAP control system pressure sensor O
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the (The valve is stuck open.)
EVAP canister purge
P0443 specified driving conditions, even when EVAP • EVAP canister vent control valve P
volume control solenoid
0443 canister purge volume control solenoid valve is • Drain filter
valve
completely closed. • EVAP canister
• Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
EC-707
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537784
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
7. Touch “START”.
8. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
708, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
6. Select Service $07 with GST.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537785
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
- EVAP service port (2)
- : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
ALBIA0349ZZ
EC-708
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or A
tester.
PBIB2245E
F
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid H
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. M
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-725, "Component Inspection". N
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7. O
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
P
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine.
4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
EC-709
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-711, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
9.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-711, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace drain filter.
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-717, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
11.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
No >> GO TO 14.
BBIA0558E
EC-710
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
C
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control D
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
PBIB2058E G
Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. H
PBIB2059E
K
DRAIN FILTER
1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. L
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
M
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter. N
PBIB3641E
P
EC-711
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000001537787
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB2057E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
0444 to ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume
P0445 An excessively high voltage signal is sent (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0445 to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
shorted
lenoid valve
EC-712
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537789
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step. EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: C
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. D
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-713, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537790
E
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve F
(1) harness connector.
- EVAP service port (2)
- : Vehicle front G
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
ALBIA0349ZZ
I
PBIB2245E
M
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32 N
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
O
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-713
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-714, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
PBIB2058E
Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
PBIB2059E
EC-714
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537792
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP EC
canister (4) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal C
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains D
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System” diagnosis.
PBIB3642E E
• Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (2)
• Drain filter (5) F
• : Vehicle front
AWBIA0134ZZ
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537793
K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0447 EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
L
0447 trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve. • EVAP canister vent control valve
• Drain filter
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537794
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- N
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. P
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537795
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
EC-715
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
- Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve (3) harness con-
nector.
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP control system pressure sensor (2)
- EVAP ccanister (4)
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front
AWBIA0134ZZ
PBIB0080E
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. D
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. E
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
F
Refer to EC-717, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. G
NG >> Replace drain filter.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-717, "Component Inspection". H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. I
PBIB1033E
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
PBIB3641E
EC-718
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537797
The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP EC
canister (4) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal C
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains D
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
Control System diagnosis.
PBIB3642E E
• Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (2)
• Drain filter (5) F
• : Vehicle front
I
BBIA0551E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
K
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
P0448 EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains
• Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister L
0448 trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions.
vent control valve
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537799
NOTE: N
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures 3 times.
EC-719
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 min-
utes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-720, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
8. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
PBIB0972E
EC-720
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No A
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
EC
BBIA0558E
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
E
The weight should be less than 2.0 kg (4.4 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
F
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. G
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and drain filter for clogging or poor connection
H
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
I
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. K
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-725, "Component Inspection". L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. M
EC-721
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
PBIB1033E
PBIB1033E
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
EC-722
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B. A
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
EC
PBIB3641E
EC-723
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537802
AWBIA0134ZZ
PBIB1207E
NOTE:
If DTC P0451 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-770.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0451 EVAP control system pressure ECM detects a sloshing signal from the • Harness or connectors
0451 sensor performance EVAP control system pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-724, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537805
EC-724
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER E
OK >> GO TO 3. I
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
J
Refer to EC-725, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident". L
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-897, "Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -".
N
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one. O
2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC-725
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
EC-726
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537807
AWBIA0134ZZ E
H
PBIB1207E
NOTE:
If DTC P0452 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to J
EC-770.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
• Harness or connectors
P0452 EVAP control system pressure An excessively low voltage from the sen-
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0452 sensor low input sor is sent to ECM.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537809
NOTE: M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. O
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
P
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
EC-727
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-728, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
7. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-728, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB1110E
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (2) harness
connector.
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
- EVAP ccanister (4)
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front
AWBIA0134ZZ
EC-728
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
Voltage: Approximately 5V
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
D
PBIB0138E
E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors C1, E41 F
• Harness connectors E5, F14
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
67. I
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal O
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
EC-729
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-730, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-730
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537812
AWBIA0134ZZ E
H
PBIB1207E
NOTE:
If DTC P0451 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to J
EC-770.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
L
P0453 EVAP control system pressure An excessively high voltage from the • EVAP canister vent control valve
0453 sensor high input sensor is sent to ECM. • EVAP canister
• Drain filter
• Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent M
control valve to drain filter
EC-731
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-732, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
7. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-732, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB1110E
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (2) harness
connector.
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP canister vent control valve (3)
- EVAP ccanister (4)
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
EC-732
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
PBIB0138E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND N
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2. O
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent or kinked.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-717, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-735, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
12.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-735, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace drain filter.
13.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> GO TO 16.
BBIA0558E
EC-734
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and drain filter for clogging or poor connection
A
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
D
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
E
2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
F
N
PBIB3641E
EC-735
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537817
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
PBIB3640E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold and
EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent
control valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
EVAP control system has a very large leak leaks
P0455 EVAP control system
such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
0455 gross leak detected
system does not operate properly. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP canister vent control valve and the cir-
cuit
• Drain filter
• EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537818
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:
EC-736
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly. A
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed C
on flat level surface.
• Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
WITH CONSULT-III D
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
E
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Make sure that the following conditions are met. F
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
6. Select “EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
G
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to H
EC-492, "Basic Inspection".
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK I
[P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-737, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442, EC-700, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST J
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-919, "DTC Index" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine. K
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-919, "DTC Index".
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. L
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
• If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-695, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-700, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
• If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-737, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537819
N
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. P
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
EC-737
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-741, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace drain filter.
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-952, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-717, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
9.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
EC-738
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely. A
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
• EVAP service port (2)
• : Vehicle front
C
ALBIA0349ZZ
G
SEF916U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak L
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-517, "Description".
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace.
N
SEF200U O
11.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-III P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-739
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure
in the system.
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP control system pressure sensor (2) AWBIA0134ZZ
- EVAP ccanister (4)
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-517, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-740
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
EC-741
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
PBIB3641E
EC-742
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537821
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume EC
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected. C
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB3640E
I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used J
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve. K
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
L
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Evaporative emission • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP system has a very small leak.
P0456 control system very • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
• EVAP system does not operate prop- M
0456 small leak (negative • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
erly.
pressure check) valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• Drain filter N
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• EVAP control system pressure sensor O
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol- P
ume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
EC-743
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537822
NOTE:
• If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
• After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
• If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
- Fuel filler cap is removed.
- Fuel is refilled or drained.
- EVAP component parts is/are removed.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Select “EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
5. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-745, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
• If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go
to EC-492, "Basic Inspection".
• Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve properly.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001537823
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
• Do not use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
• Do not start engine.
• Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
EC-744
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
- EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
- EVAP service port (2) A
- : Vehicle front
EC
ALBIA0349ZZ
D
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. E
5. Connect GST and select Service $08.
6. Using Service $08, control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat- F
isfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP G
system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and
SEF462UI
the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3
mmHg, 0.12 inHg). H
If NG, go to EC-745, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to next step.
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Turn ignition switch ON.
12. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
13. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
14. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
15. Turn ignition switch OFF.
NOTE: K
For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537824
L
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. N
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
P
SEF915U
EC-745
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-705, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1)
• EVAP service port (2)
• : Vehicle front
ALBIA0349ZZ
SEF916U
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
• Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
EC-746
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. A
Refer to EC-517, "Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. EC
NG >> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP control system pressure sensor (2) F
- EVAP ccanister (4)
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front G
H
AWBIA0134ZZ
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), I
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
J
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-517, "Description". K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace. L
M
SEF200U
EC-747
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
BBIA0558E
SWB models: The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
LWB models: The weight should be less than 3.2 kg (7.1 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and drain filter for clogging or poor connection
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
L
>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
M
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-875, "System Description".
OK or NG
N
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE O
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
EC-749
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to MWI-32, "Component Function Check".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
PBIB3641E
EC-750
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537826
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The EC
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari- C
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
D
BBIA0529E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537827
NOTE: F
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-566.
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
G
to EC-567.
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected. H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors I
(The CAN communication line is open or
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal be- shorted)
P0460 Fuel level sensor circuit
ing varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to • Harness or connectors J
0460 noise
ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537828
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con- L
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON. M
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. N
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-751, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537829
O
EC-751
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> INSPECTION END
EC-752
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537830
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The EC
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari- C
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
D
BBIA0529E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537831
NOTE: F
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-566.
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
G
to EC-567.
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven. H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors I
(The CAN communication line is open or
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
shorted)
P0461 Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range even
• Harness or connectors J
0461 range/performance though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
tance.
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
K
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001537832
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed. L
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-6,
"Removal and Installation". M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-III N
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance. O
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-948, "Fuel Pressure Check".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
P
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
EC-753
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
If NG, go to EC-754, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-948, "Fuel Pressure Check".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
10. If NG, go to EC-754, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537833
EC-754
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537834
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The EC
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari- C
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
D
BBIA0529E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537835
NOTE: F
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-566.
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
G
U1010. Refer to EC-567.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0462 low input sent to ECM. (The CAN communication line is open or
shorted) I
• Harness or connectors
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0463 high input sent to ECM. • Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
J
K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
1. Turn ignition switch ON. N
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-755, "Diagnosis Procedure"
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537837
EC-755
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-756
P0500 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0500 VSS
A
Description INFOID:0000000001537838
NOTE: EC
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-566.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-567. C
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The c combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN commu-
nication line. D
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537839
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short- F
ed)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from • Harness or connectors
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
0500
when vehicle is being driven. shorted)
G
• Wheel sensor
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
I
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
When the fail-safe system for vehicle speed sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates (High) while
Vehicle speed sensor
engine is running. J
CAUTION: K
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- L
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. N
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON- O
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-758, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step. P
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
EC-757
P0500 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
B/FUEL SCHDL 8.8 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever Except P or N position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-758, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001537841
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-758, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537842
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-21, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)" or BRC-141, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
EC-758
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000001537843
NOTE: EC
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects C
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. D
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537844
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0506 Idle speed control system The idle speed is less than the target idle speed • Electric throttle control actuator
0506 RPM lower than expected by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leak G
NOTE: H
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-953.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure,confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F). K
1. Open engine hood.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
7. Check 1st trip DTC. M
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-759, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537846
N
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
O
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. P
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (with intelligent key sys-
EC-759
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
tem) or SEC-100, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (without intel-
ligent key system).
4. Perform EC-496, "VIN Registration".
5. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
7. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-760
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000001537847
NOTE: EC
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects C
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. D
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537848
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
P0507 Idle speed control system The idle speed is more than the target idle
• Intake air leak G
0507 RPM higher than expected speed by 200 rpm or more.
• PCV system
H
NOTE:
• If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning",
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-953.
I
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure,confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. K
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).
1. Open engine hood.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. M
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-761, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537850 N
3.REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (with intelligent key sys-
tem) or SEC-100, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (without intel-
ligent key system).
4. Perform EC-496, "VIN Registration".
5. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
7. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-762
P0550 PSP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0550 PSP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537851
ALBIA0361ZZ E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537852
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors H
P0550 Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0550 sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
• Power steering pressure sensor
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step. J
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
2. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
L
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537854
M
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. N
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-763
P0550 PSP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBIA0361ZZ
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
PBIB0188E
A
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
EC
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground under the
following conditions.
C
Condition Voltage
Steering wheel: Being turned 0.5 - 4.5V D
Steering wheel: Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8V
MBIB0126E
EC-765
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537856
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
PBIB1164E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0603 ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
ECM power supply circuit
0603 properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for 4 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-766, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537859
MBIB0026E
EC-766
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• IPDM E/R connector E121
• 20A fuse A
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
EC-767
P0605 ECM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0605 ECM
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537860
PBIB1164E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-769, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-769, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
EC-768
P0605 ECM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-769, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537863
1.INSPECTION START EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
C
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-768, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". D
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-768, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? F
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END G
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. H
2. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (with intelligent key sys-
tem) or SEC-100, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (without intel-
I
ligent key system).
3. Perform EC-496, "VIN Registration".
4. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". J
6. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-769
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537864
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is short-
P0643 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source ed.)
0643 short for sensor is excessively low or high. (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-770, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537866
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
EC-770
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
AWBIA0079ZZ
E
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
F
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
PBIB2608E
EC-771
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-772
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537867
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
P0850 Park/neutral position circuit is open or shorted.]
switch is not changed in the process of engine E
0850 switch • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
starting and driving.
• Combination meter
• TCM
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537869
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig- J
nal under the following conditions.
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-773
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
MBIB0043E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Refer to MWI-94, "Removal and Installation".
EC-774
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
EC
EC-775
P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537872
Intake valve timing control position sensors are located in the front of
cylinder heads in both bank 1 and bank 2.
This sensor uses a Hall IC.
The cam position is determined by the intake camshaft sprocket con-
cave (in four places). The ECM provides feedback to the intake valve
timing control for appropriate target valve open-close timing accord-
ing to drive conditions based on detected cam position.
SEF359Z
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1140 • Harness or connectors
1140 (Intake valve timing control position
(Bank 1) sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Intake valve timing control position
Intake valve timing control An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor
P1145 position sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
1145 • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(Bank 2) • Accumulation of debris to the signal
pick-up portion of the camshaft sprock-
et
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 seconds.
EC-776
P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
BBIA0771E
I
1. Intake valve timing control position 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Drive belt
sensor (bank 2) valve (bank 2)
4. Radiator hose 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Intake valve timing control position J
valve (bank 1) sensor (bank 1)
SEF509Y N
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
O
• Harness connectors E2, F32
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control position sensor and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control position sensor and ECM
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-777
P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-778
P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537876
F
SEF362Z
PBIB0194E J
EC-779
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537877
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1148 The closed loop control function for bank 1 does
1148 not operate even when vehicle is driving in the • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) specified condition. [The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is
Closed loop control
open or shorted.]
P1168 function The closed loop control function for bank 2 does • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
1168 not operate even when vehicle is driving in the • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2) specified condition.
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.
EC-780
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000001537878
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS EC
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537879
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from
TCS control unit unit)
1211 “ABS actuator electric unit (control unit)”
• TCS related parts
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537880
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. H
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-781, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537881
I
Go to BRC-7, "Work Flow" or BRC-127, "Work Flow".
EC-781
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
Description INFOID:0000000001537882
NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-566.
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-567.
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537883
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
P1212
TCS communication line “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.)
1212
unit)” continuously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537885
EC-782
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001559406
NOTE: EC
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-566, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-567, "On Board Diagnosis Logic". C
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is D
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or short-
F
ed.)
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
• Cooling fan
heat).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven) G
• Cooling fan system does not operate proper-
• Radiator hose
P1217 Engine over tempera- ly (Overheat).
• Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) • Engine coolant level was not added to the
• Radiator cap
system using the proper filling method.
• Reservoir tank H
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Reservoir tank cap
range.
• Water pump
• Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-785, I
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Changing Engine J
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-25, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-11, "Engine Oil Recommendation". K
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001559407
L
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING: M
Never remove the radiator cap and/or reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or reservoir tank.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. N
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. O
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-784,
"Diagnosis Procedure". P
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-784,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W
EC-783
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-784, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-784,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-784,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor
operation, refer to PCS-10, "Diagnosis Description".
4. If NG, go to EC-784, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEF621W
G
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille H
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture MA-11, "Engine Oil Rec-
ommendation" I
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in CO-39, "Changing Engine
reservoir tank and radiator Coolant"
filler neck J
4 • Reservoir tank cap • Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa CO-38, "System Inspec-
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 9 - 14 tion"
psi) (Limit)
K
ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-38, "System Inspec-
tion"
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-51, "Removal and In- L
lower radiator hoses stallation"
EC-785
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-36, "Troubleshooting Chart".
EC-786
P1225 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537895
F
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
P1225 Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is • Electric throttle control actuator
1225 performance excessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- I
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
L
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-787, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537898 M
BBIA0371E
EC-788
P1226 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1226 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537899
F
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
P1226 Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
1226 performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- I
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times. L
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-789, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537902
BBIA0371E
EC-789
P1226 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-790
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
A
Description INFOID:0000000001537903
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition. EC
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537904
C
If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
ECM does not control ignition timing and engine • Lack of intake air volume
P1421 Cold start emission reduction
idle speed properly when engine is started with • Fuel injection system
1421 strategy monitoring
prewarming up condition. • ECM
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537905
NOTE: F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. H
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F). J
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step.
If “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and
go to step 1. K
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-791, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537906
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
• Intake air passage clogging
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
EC-791
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-792
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537907
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
I
The output voltage of the battery current • Harness or connectors
P1550 Battery current sensor circuit
sensor remains within the specified (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
1550 range/performance J
range while engine is running. • Battery current sensor
K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-793, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537910
O
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
EC-793
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery current sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0362ZZ
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9891J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C
1. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
F
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32 G
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-795, "Component Inspection".
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. J
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537911 L
P
ALBIA0363ZZ
EC-795
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminal 71 (battery current sensor
signal) and ground.
PBIB2617E
EC-796
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537912
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
I
P1551 Battery current sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor
1551 low input is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) J
P1552 Battery current sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Battery current sensor
1552 high input is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step. L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V with ignition
switch ON
N
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. O
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-797, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537915
P
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
EC-797
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery current sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0362ZZ
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9891J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C
1. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
F
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32 G
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-799, "Component Inspection".
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. J
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537916 L
P
ALBIA0363ZZ
EC-799
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminal 71 (battery current sensor
signal) and ground.
PBIB2617E
EC-800
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537917
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
I
The signal voltage transmitted from the • Harness or connectors
P1553
Battery current sensor performance sensor to ECM is higher than the amount (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
1553 J
of the maximum power generation. • Battery current sensor
NOTE: K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-801, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537920
O
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. P
EC-801
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery current sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0362ZZ
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9891J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C
1. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
F
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32 G
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-803, "Component Inspection".
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. J
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537921 L
P
ALBIA0363ZZ
EC-803
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminal 71 (battery current sensor
signal) and ground.
PBIB2617E
EC-804
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537922
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
I
The output voltage of the battery current • Harness or connectors
P1554
Battery current sensor performance sensor is lower than the specified value (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
1554 J
while the battery voltage is high enough. • Battery current sensor
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st K
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8V at idle. L
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.
WITH CONSULT-III M
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
N
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300mV at least once.
4. If NG, go to EC-806, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
WITH GST
1. Start engine and let it idle.
P
EC-805
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 71 (battery current sensor
signal) and ground for 10 seconds.
The voltage should be above 2.3V at least once.
3. If NG, go to EC-806, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB2616E
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery current sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0362ZZ
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9891J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
C
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
F
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E5, F14 G
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between battery current sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71.
I
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-807
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).
3. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and
body ground.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
ALBIA0363ZZ
PBIB2617E
EC-808
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537927
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
E
ALBIA0364ZZ
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors J
• An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD
(The switch circuit is open or
steering switch is sent to ECM.
shorted.)
P1564 • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steer-
ASCD steering switch • ASCD steering switch
1564 ing switch is out of the specified range.
• Combination switch (spiral ca-
K
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck
ble)
ON.
• ECM
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537929
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- M
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
P
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-810, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-809
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537930
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
SET/COAST switch SET SW
Released OFF
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground with press-
ing each button.
EC-810
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Switch Condition Voltage [V]
A
Pressed Approx. 2
SET/COAST switch
Released Approx. 4
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M102.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
4. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 15 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
O
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-812, "Component Inspection". P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-811
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-812
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537932
BBIA0560E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537933
Trouble Diagnosis I
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19 • Harness or connectors
MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A) J
and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572
ASCD brake switch • Stop lamp switch
1572
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • ASCD brake switch
K
B) for extremely long time while the vehicle is • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
driving • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537934
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. M
NOTE:
• Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be N
detected.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: P
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
EC-813
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released ON
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0061E
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
Without CONSULT-III
EC-814
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
A
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
EC
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. C
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB1537E D
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
H
BBIA0560E
PBIB0857E L
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E160 M
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
N
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. P
BBIA0560E
PBIB1184E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-816
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
C
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. D
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals
1 and 2 under the following conditions.
E
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist. F
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-15,
"Removal and Installation", and perform step 3 again.
G
SEC023D
Condition Continuity
J
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-15, K
"Removal and Installation", and perform step 3 again.
PBIB1185E
L
EC-817
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537937
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina-
tion meter and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-513 for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537938
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle • Combination meter
1574 sensor speed signals is out of the specified range. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-818, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537940
EC-819
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000001537941
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537942
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ex- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
Brake switch
1805 tremely long time while the vehicle is driving. ed.)
• Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-820, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537944
EC-820
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
A
EC
BBIA0560E
D
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB1184E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH N
EC-821
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537945
BBIA0560E
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist.
3. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-15,
"Removal and Installation", and perform step 2 again.
PBIB1185E
EC-822
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537946
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM. C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
ECM detects a voltage of power source • Harness or connectors
P2100 Throttle control motor
for throttle control motor is excessively (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
2100 relay circuit open
low. • Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
F
P2103 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor re-
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
2103 relay circuit short lay is stuck ON.
• Throttle control motor relay
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001537948
NOTE: J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. M
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-823, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
N
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
O
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-823, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537949 P
EC-823
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB1171E
EC-824
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG
D
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-30, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-825
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000001537950
NOTE:
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or 2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100
or P2119. Refer to EC-823 or EC-832.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537951
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P2101 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
2101 performance ate properly. shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-826, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537953
EC-826
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I E
PBIB1171E
M
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E122. N
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse.
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
EC-827
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E119.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-30, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-828
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle EC
control actuator inside.
BBIA0371E
PBIB2066E
EC-829
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537955
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537956
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
2118 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
1. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-830, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537958
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-830
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6. N
PBIB2066E
EC-831
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537960
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001537961
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
P2119 Electric throttle control
• Electric throttle control actuator
2119 actuator Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P or N position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Shift selector lever to P or N position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-833, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
EC-832
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. A
3. Shift selector lever to P position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
EC
5. Check DTC.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-833, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537963 C
G
BBIA0371E
EC-833
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537964
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sen- • Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input sor 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input sor 1 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-834, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537967
EC
D
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. E
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness F
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
I
AWBIA0079ZZ
Voltage: Approximately 5V
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. L
PBIB2608E
M
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-835
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-836
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537969
FAIL-SAFE MODE J
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: O
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. P
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537972
EC-837
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
AWBIA0079ZZ
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2611E
EC-838
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. A
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
EC
Refer to EC-844, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. C
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. D
2. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
E
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G
EC-839
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001537973
EC-840
P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2135 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537974
F
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
• Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM H
P2135 Throttle position sensor (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135 circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2) I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. J
NOTE: M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. O
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-841, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537977
EC-841
P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0371E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2065E
EC-842
P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. A
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
EC
Refer to EC-848, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. C
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. D
2. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning". E
EC-843
P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-844
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2138 APP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537979
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. K
NOTE: N
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. P
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-846, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-845
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537982
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
AWBIA0079ZZ
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB2608E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB2611E
EC-846
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-847
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-848, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-497, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-497, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-497, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC-848
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537984
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3353E E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
F
PBIB3354E
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be
shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P2A00 • The output voltage computed by ECM from the
2A00 • A/F sensor 1 K
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for
(Bank 1) • A/F sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 a specified period.
• Fuel pressure
P2A03 circuit range/performance • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
• Fuel injector
2A03 sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a L
• Intake air leaks
(Bank 2) specified period.
WITH CONSULT-III P
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
EC-849
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
6. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Turn ignition switch ON.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
10. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
11. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
12. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
13. Check 1st trip DTC.
14. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-850, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
Vehicle front
BBIA0539E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1.
Refer to EM-170, "Removal and Installation".
EC-850
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> GO TO 3. A
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle. EC
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. C
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
D
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. E
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine? F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
H
Vehicle front
ALBIA0360ZZ
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front
EC-851
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check harness connector for water.
PBIB3308E
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 35 1 16
2 56 2 75
EC-852
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-577, "Component Inspection".
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
C
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.
E
11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION: F
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. G
>> GO TO 12.
H
12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. I
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END J
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
K
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
Vehicle front N
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector. O
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-534, "Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)". P
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
ALBIA0353ZZ
>> GO TO 14.
14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-853
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
EC-854
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537988
BBIA0560E E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537989
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. G
3. Check “BRAKE SW 1” indication under the following conditions.
CONDITION INDICATION
H
CONDITION VOLTAGE K
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0061E M
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
N
Check “BRAKE SW 2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CONDITION INDICATION
O
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
Without CONSULT-III P
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
EC-855
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB1537E
BBIA0560E
PBIB0857E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-856
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
F
BBIA0560E
G
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT -III or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
I
NG >> GO TO 8.
J
PBIB1184E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. N
EC-857
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-15,
"Removal and Installation", and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-15,
"Removal and Installation", and perform step 3 again.
PBIB1185E
EC-858
ASCD INDICATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ASCD INDICATOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537991
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and EC
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicate that ASCD
system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met. C
• CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting. D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-513 for the ASCD function.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537992 E
EC-859
COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
COOLING FAN
Description INFOID:0000000001559412
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
PBIB2607E
EC-860
COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor (1) harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between the following; A
cooling fan motor terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
cooling fan motor terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. ALBIA0355ZZ
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power D
in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between the following; E
cooling fan motor terminal 3 and ground,
cooling fan motor terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
EC-861
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Description INFOID:0000000001537995
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, etc.) is transferred through the CAN communication line
from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001537996
Condition Indication
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
Condition Indication
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition Indication
Heater fan control switch: ON ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to DEF-34, "Filament Check".
EC-862
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
EC
EC-863
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
FUEL INJECTOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001537997
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
SEF375Z
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB1986E
BBIA0374E
EC-864
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. A
PBIB0582E
O
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
P
EC-865
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
PBIB1727E
EC-866
FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
FUEL PUMP
A
Description INFOID:0000000001538000
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
I
BBIA0529E
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001538001
ALBIA0356ZZ
PBIB1187E
PBIB2656E
EC-868
FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Harness for open or short between fuel pump and ground
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP EC
Refer to EC-869, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. C
NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
D
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG
E
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001538002 F
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. G
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 1 and 3.
H
Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
J
SEC918C
EC-869
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description INFOID:0000000001538003
ALBIA0370ZZ
1. Ignition coils (with power transistor) 2. Ignition coils (with power transistor)
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front
PBIB2094E
PBIB0044E
EC-870
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END A
NG >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.
C
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-562, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
MBIB0034E
BBIA0358E
J
4. Check voltage between condenser-1 terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
K
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. L
NG >> GO TO 6.
M
PBIB0624E
EC-871
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Harness connectors E2, F32
• Harness for open or short between condenser-1 and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CONDENSER-1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser-1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ALBIA0370ZZ
1. Ignition coils (with power transistor) 2. Ignition coils (with power transistor)
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front
PBIB0138E
EC-872
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F32
A
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
12.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. E
13.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 46, 60, 61, 62, 65, 79, 80, 81 and ignition coil terminal F
1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
14.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-873, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
L
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001538005
M
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible. N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
O
EC-873
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
7. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pres-
sure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
8. Start engine.
9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF.
11. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
ALBIA0351ZZ
12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked.
13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
16. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
PBIB0794E
EC-874
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
A
System Description INFOID:0000000001538006
EC
PBIB1068E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut G
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged H
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following: I
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. J
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-948, "Fuel Pressure Check". K
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed. L
• Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. M
N
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
O
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. P
The weight should be less than 2.0 kg (4.4 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
EC-875
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0558E
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace drain filter.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and drain filter for clogging or poor connection.
EC-876
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No A
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
EC
BBIA0558E
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube.
10.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-877
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
11.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
BBIA0568E
Without CONSULT-III
EC-878
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: A
a. Remove fuel gauge retainer.
b. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
EC
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. C
a. Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
b. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one. D
c. Put fuel tank upside down.
d. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
E
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
J
BBIA0568E
DRAIN FILTER K
1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. L
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B.
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. M
7. If NG, replace drain filter.
O
PBIB3641E
EC-879
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Description INFOID:0000000001538009
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0062E
PBIB1588E
PBIB1589E
EC-880
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose A
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC
S-ET277
EC-881
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001538011
ALBIA0357ZZ
PBIB2657E
PBIB1188E
EC-882
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Refer to EC-565, "Ground Inspection".
A
EC
BBIA0539E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
ALBIA0357ZZ
I
3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
J
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
PBIB0188E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.
EC-884
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ECU DIAGNOSIS A
ECM
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001538013
EC
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. C
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. D
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
E
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-554.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-554.
A/F ALPHA-B1 F
See EC-554.
A/F ALPHA-B2
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) G
• Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
A/F SEN1 (B2)
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
HO2S2 (B1) are met. H
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2) • After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions I
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
- Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
- Keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load J
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V K
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 1.87V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3V
L
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.56 - 0.96V
ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.0V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V M
TP SEN 1-B1
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1 Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Selector lever: D
EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
N
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
EC-885
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF
HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan control switch: ON ON
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 2.8 msec
INJ PULSE-B1 • Selector lever: P or N
INJ PULSE-B2 • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10° - 20° BTDC
• Selector lever: P or N
IGN TIMING
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 14% - 33%
• Selector lever: P or N
CAL/LD VALUE
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 12% - 25%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 3.0 - 9.0 g·m/s
• Selector lever: P or N
MASS AIRFLOW
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 9.0 - 28.0 g·m/s
• No load
EC-886
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2) at idle for 1 minute under no load EC
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
tachometer indication C
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VEHICLE SPEED
indication. speedometer indication
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km D
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 4 - 100%
A/F S1 HTR (B2) E
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the F
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating.
played.
G
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON H
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed
ON I
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased
J
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released ON K
BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW2 • Ignition switch: ON L
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
→ at the 2nd time
M
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
• Vehicle speed: Between 40 km/h
SET LAMP
(25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 ASCD: Not operating OFF
MPH) N
ALT DUTY • Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*3 O
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever: P or N Approx. 2,600 - 3,500mV
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
P
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
*3: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-4, "How to Handle Battery".
EC-887
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000001538014
PBIB3368E
PREPARATION
ECM is located in the engine room passenger side behind battery.
BBIA0386E
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 BR ECM ground Body ground
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
2 G A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 1) • Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting en-
gine)
PBIA8148J
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
EC-888
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V EC
PBIB1105E D
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met. E
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
er (bank 1) minute under no load F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
G
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V) H
• Idle speed
7 - 12V
Intake valve timing control so- I
10 W
lenoid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
J
PBIB1790E
[Engine is running] K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed
7 - 12V L
Intake valve timing control so-
11 LG
lenoid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
M
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
PBIB1790E
N
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5V
Power steering pressure sen- • Steering wheel: Being turned
12 P
sor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V O
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
EC-889
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB1042E
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
PBIB1039E
Camshaft position sensor
14 SB
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB1040E
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor (bank 1) Approximately 2.5V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] Approximately 1.8V
16 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
EC-890
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
21 L Fuel injector No. 5 D
SEC984C
22 V Fuel injector No. 3
23 G Fuel injector No. 1 BATTERY VOLTAGE
44 L Fuel injector No. 7
(11 - 14V) E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm F
SEC985C G
Approximately 2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running] H
• Warm-up condition
24 G
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 2) • Idle speed
43 G
(More than 140 seconds after starting en-
gine) I
PBIA8148J
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
J
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 K
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 P
er (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE L
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
EVAP control system pres- M
32 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
34 BR Intake air temperature sensor [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake N
air temperature.
[Engine is running] Approximately 1.8V
35 O A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio. O
[Engine is running]
36 W Knock sensor (bank 2) Approximately 2.5V
• Idle speed
P
EC-891
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
40 V Fuel injector No. 6
SEC984C
41 R Fuel injector No. 4
42 O Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
63 W Fuel injector No. 8
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
SEC985C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting
SEC990C
EVAP canister purge volume
45 R
control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
SEC991C
0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
46 LG Ignition signal No. 7
60 V Ignition signal No. 5 SEC986C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
SEC987C
EC-892
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply EC
48 SB (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
49 P
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V C
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V D
• Selector lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped E
Less than 4.75V
• Selector lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.3V
F
• Idle speed
51 P Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.1V G
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0V H
• Idle speed
0 - 1.0V
Intake valve timing control po- I
53 L
sition sensor (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
J
PBIB2046E
[Engine is running] K
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
55 G 0 - Approximately 1.0V L
(bank 1) - Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load M
56 W A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2V
EC-893
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
65 GR Ignition signal No. 8
79 P Ignition signal No. 6 SEC986C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
SEC987C
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
67 B Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
68 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(PSP sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Selector lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Selector lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
70 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor: Operates.)
[Engine is running]
71 R Battery current sensor • Battery: Fully charged* Approximately 2.6 - 3.5V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0 -1.0V
• Idle speed
0 - 1.0V
Intake valve timing control po-
72 Y
sition sensor (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
PBIB2046E
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant temperature
73 Y [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature.
EC-894
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] EC
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
74 SB 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2) - Engine: After warming up C
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
D
75 P A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2V
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 GR • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2) E
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed F
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed G
86 P CAN communication line — —
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1) H
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
94 L CAN communication line — — I
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released J
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
K
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON] L
Approximately 0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
99 SB ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
M
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 3V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approximately 2V N
EC-895
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
107 Y Fuel tank temperature sensor [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature.
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
108 LG ASCD brake switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 W/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.5V
ON
113 V Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
115 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
116 GR • Idle speed
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
117 G [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 R/B [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*:Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-4, "How to Handle Battery".
EC-896
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000001538016
EC
ALBWA0156GB
EC-897
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBWA0157GB
EC-898
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
O
ALBWA0158GB
EC-899
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBWA0159GB
EC-900
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
O
ALBWA0160GB
EC-901
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBIA0386GB
EC-902
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0387GB
EC-903
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBIA0388GB
EC-904
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0389GB
EC-905
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBIA0390GB
EC-906
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0391GB
EC-907
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBIA0392GB
EC-908
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0393GB
EC-909
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBIA0394GB
EC-910
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0395GB
EC-911
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBIA0396GB
EC-912
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0397GB
EC-913
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBIA0398GB
EC-914
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
O
ALBIA0399GB
EC-915
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ALBIA0400GB
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
EC-916
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-917
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000001538018
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
• If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-566.
• If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
EC-567.
EC-918
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
A
2 • P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 A/F sensor 1 heater
• P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0075 P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P2A00 P2A03 A/F sensor 1 EC
• P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
• P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
• P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve C
• P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
• P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
• P0603 ECM power supply
• P0710 P0717 P0720 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P1730 P1752 P1757 P1762 P1767 D
P1772 P1774 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1140 P1145 Intake valve timing control position sensor
• P1805 Brake switch
E
• P2100 P2103 P2118 Electric throttle control actuator
• P2101 Electric throttle control function
3 • P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control F
• P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function
• P0300 - P0308 Misfire
• P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
• P0442 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK) G
• P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
• P0456 EVAP control system (VERY SMALL LEAK)
• P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
H
• P1148 P1168 Closed loop control
• P1211 TCS control unit
• P1212 TCS communication line
• P1421 Cold start control I
• P1564 ASCD steering switch
• P1572 ASCD brake switch
• P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
• P2119 Electric throttle control actuator J
K
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
1
DTC* L
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*5 — 1 × EC-566 M
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*5 — 2 — EC-566
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 — 1 × EC-567
N
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — Flashing*7 EC-534
MAY BE REQUIRED.
O
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — 2 × EC-520
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 P0021 0021 — 2 × EC-520
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — 2 × EC-575 P
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — 2 × EC-575
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — 2 × EC-578
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — 2 × EC-578
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0051 0051 — 2 × EC-575
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0052 0052 — 2 × EC-575
EC-919
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 0057 — 2 × EC-578
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 0058 — 2 × EC-578
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — 2 × EC-582
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 P0081 0081 — 2 × EC-582
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 — 2 × EC-585
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — 1 × EC-591
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — 1 × EC-591
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — 2 × EC-596
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — 2 × EC-596
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — 1 × EC-599
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — 1 × EC-599
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — 1 × EC-603
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — 1 × EC-603
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — 2 × EC-607
IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 — 2 × EC-610
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — 2 × EC-613
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — 2 × EC-615
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — 2 × EC-619
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — 2 × EC-623
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × 2 × EC-627
HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × 2 × EC-633
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × 2 × EC-638
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × 2 × EC-646
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0150 0150 — 2 × EC-615
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0151 0151 — 2 × EC-619
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0152 0152 — 2 × EC-623
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0153 0153 × 2 × EC-627
HO2S2 (B2) P0157 0157 × 2 × EC-633
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 0158 × 2 × EC-638
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 0159 × 2 × EC-646
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — 2 × EC-651
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — 2 × EC-656
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 0174 — 2 × EC-651
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 0175 — 2 × EC-656
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 — 2 × EC-661
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 — 2 × EC-664
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 — 2 × EC-664
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — 1 × EC-667
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — 1 × EC-667
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — 2 × EC-671
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — 2 × EC-671
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — 2 × EC-671
EC-920
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — 2 × EC-671 EC
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — 2 × EC-671
CYL 5 MISFIRE P0305 0305 — 2 × EC-671
CYL 6 MISFIRE P0306 0306 — 2 × EC-671 C
CYL 7 MISFIRE P0307 0307 — 2 × EC-671
CYL 8 MISFIRE P0308 0308 — 2 × EC-671
D
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — EC-678
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — EC-678
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0332 0332 — 2 — EC-678 E
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0333 0333 — 2 — EC-678
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × EC-681
F
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × EC-685
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × EC-689
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 0430 × 2 × EC-689 G
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 × 2 × EC-694
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 × 2 × EC-699
H
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 — 2 × EC-707
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × EC-712
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — 2 × EC-712 I
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 — 2 × EC-715
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 — 2 × EC-719
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 — 2 × EC-724 J
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 — 2 × EC-727
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 — 2 × EC-731
K
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 — 2 × EC-736
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 ×*4 2 × EC-743
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 — 2 × EC-751
L
EC-921
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
A/T 2ST GR FNCTN P0732 0732 — 2 × TM-61
A/T 3ST GR FNCTN P0733 0733 — 2 × TM-63
A/T 4ST GR FNCTN P0734 0734 — 2 × TM-65
A/T 5ST GR FNCTN P0735 0735 — 2 × TM-67
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 — 2 × TM-69
A/T TCC S/U FNCTN P0744 0744 — 2 × TM-71
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 — 2 × TM-73
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 — 2 × EC-773
INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1 P1140 1140 — 2 × EC-776
INTK TIM S/CIRC-B2 P1145 1145 — 2 × EC-776
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 — 1 × EC-780
CLOSED LOOP-B2 P1168 1168 — 1 × EC-780
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1211 — 2 — EC-781
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — 2 — EC-782
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — 1 × EC-783
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 — 2 — EC-787
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 — 2 — EC-789
COLD START CONTROL P1421 1421 — 2 × EC-791
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1550 1550 — 2 — EC-793
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1551 1551 — 2 — EC-797
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1552 1552 — 2 — EC-797
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1553 1553 — 2 — EC-801
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1554 1554 — 2 — EC-805
ASCD SW P1564 1564 — 1 — EC-809
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — 1 — EC-813
EC-922
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — 1 × EC-823 EC
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — 1 × EC-826
ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — 1 × EC-823
ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — 1 × EC-830 C
ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — 1 × EC-832
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × EC-834
D
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × EC-834
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × EC-837
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × EC-837 E
TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × EC-841
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × EC-845
F
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — 2 × EC-849
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P2A03 2A03 — 2 × EC-849
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. G
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG. H
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*7: When the ECM is in the mode of displaying SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to How to “Display SRT Status”. I
*8: 2WD models
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”.
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
EC-924
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. A
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
EC
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE: C
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. D
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
E
SRT item Performance Corresponding
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-III indication) Priority* DTC No.
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
F
EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
1 EVAP control system P0442
2 EVAP control system P0456 G
HO2S 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for I
models with CONSULT-III.
EC-925
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
EC-926
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC
L
PBIB2320E
*1 “How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC” *2 “How to Display SRT Status” *3 “How to Set SRT Code” M
EC-927
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will flash periodically for 10 seconds.
PBIB2317E
EC-928
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
PBIB3622E
P
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC-929
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
• The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 107 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
Pattern 4:
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-
state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all
over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56
MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for
more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle
PBIB2244E
speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
EC-930
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
EC-931
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage
P0151 83H 0BH
for test cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage
P0151 84H 0BH
for test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage
P0150 85H 0BH
for test cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage
P0150 86H 0BH
for test cycle
EC-932
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp
P0400 80H 96H
change rate (short term)
C
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp
P0400 81H 96H
change rate (long term)
EGR Low Flow Faults: Difference be- D
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H tween max EGR temp and EGR
temp under idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
E
High Flow Faults: EGR temp in-
P1402 84H 96H
crease rate
Difference in pressure sensor out-
39H
EVAP control system leak
P0455 80H 0CH put voltage before and after pull
F
(Cap Off)
down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than
3BH P0442 80H 05H G
(Small leak) 0.04inch)
EVAP Leak area index (for more than
P0456 80H 05H
SYSTEM EVAP control system 0.02inch)
3CH H
(Very small leak) Maximum internal pressure of
P0456 81H FDH
EVAP system during monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor out-
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH put voltage before and after vent I
control value close
A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0031 Converted value of Heater electric
41H 81H 0BH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0032 current to voltage J
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input:P0037 Converted value of Heater electric
42H 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0038 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric K
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) current to voltage
SOR
HEATER A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0051 Converted value of Heater electric
45H 81H 0BH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0052 current to voltage L
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input:P0057 Converted value of Heater electric
46H 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0058 current to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric M
47H P0063 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) current to voltage
Secondary Air Injection System
P0411 80H 01H
Incorrect Flow Detected
N
Bank1: P0491 Secondary Air Injection System
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 Insufficient Flow
Secondary Air Injection System
P2445 82H 01H O
Pump Stuck Off
SEC-
Secondary Air Injection System
OND- 71H Secondary Air system P2448 83H 01H
High Airflow
ARY AIR P
Bank1: P2440 Secondary Air Injection System
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 Switching Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System
P2440 85H 01H
Switching Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System
P2444 86H 01H
Pump Stuck On
EC-933
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
81H The number of lambda control
(Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
FUEL clamped
SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
82H The number of lambda control
(Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
clamped
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0301 80H 24H
first cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0302 81H 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0303 82H 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0304 83H 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0305 84H 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0306 85H 24H
sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0307 86H 24H
seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0308 87H 24H
eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0300 88H 24H
multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0301 89H 24H
first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfire
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0302 8AH 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0303 8BH 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0304 8CH 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0305 8DH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0306 8EH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0307 8FH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0308 90H 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the
P0300 91H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0300 92H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200rev of the
P0300 93H 24H
multiple cylinders
EC-934
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0301 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
for last 10 driving cycles
C
A2H No.1 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0301 0CH 24H
ing cycles
D
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0302 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A3H No.2 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv- E
P0302 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0303 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts F
A4H No.3 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0303 0CH 24H
ing cycles G
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0304 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A5H No.4 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
H
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0304 0CH 24H
ing cycles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
I
P0305 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A6H No.5 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0305 0CH 24H J
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0306 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A7H No.6 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles K
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0306 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted L
P0307 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
A8H No.7 Cylinder Misfire for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driv- M
P0307 0CH 24H
ing cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted
P0308 0BH 24H Moving Average) misfire counts
for last 10 driving cycles
N
A9H No.8 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driv-
P0308 0CH 24H
ing cycles
O
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-III P
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “All Erase” in the “Descrip-
tion” of “FINAL CHECK” mode with CONSULT-III.
WITH GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-919, "DTC Index"), skip step 2.
EC-935
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform TM-33, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". (The DTC in TCM will be erased)
3. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for AT related items (see EC-919, "DTC Index"), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform TM-33, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.)
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-534, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
EC-936
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000001538021
EC
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ence page
F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-867
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-948 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-864
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-517
J
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-880
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-492
K
EC-823,
EC-826,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-830,
EC-832 L
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-492
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-870
M
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-562
EC-937
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ence page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
EC-585,
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
EC-591
1
EC-599,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3
EC-607
EC-615,
3 EC-619 ,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-623 ,
EC-627 ,
EC-849
EC-603,
EC-667 ,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-787 ,
EC-789 ,
2 2 EC-841
EC-770,
EC-834 ,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-837 ,
EC-845
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-678
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-681
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-685
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-757
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-763
EC-766,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-768
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-582
cuit
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-773
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-882
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-862
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-91
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 EC-782
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
EC-938
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SYMPTOM A
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
EC-939
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-170
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-173,
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion LU-27 , LU-
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 30 , LU-28
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-24
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-43
Thermostat 5 CO-51
Water pump CO-49
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-34
CO-46,,
Cooling fan 5
CO-47
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat-
5 CO-38
ed coolant
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System — SEC-5 or
1 1
NATS) SEC-97
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
EC-940
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000001538022
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine F
speed over is 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. G
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-508, "System Description".
H
EC-941
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56DE]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000001538023
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000001538024
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-62.
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000001538025
EC-942
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56DE]
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to A
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
EC
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. C
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIB1164E
- Freeze frame data D
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely E
with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
PBIB1512E
H
EC-943
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56DE]
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SEF217U
SEF348N
PBIB1144E
EC-944
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56DE]
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. A
EC
BBIA0529E
D
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily. E
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
G
SEF709Y
EC-945
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VK56DE]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000001538026
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
(J-33984-A) diator filler neck
Radiator cap tester a: 28 (1.10) dia.
adapter b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
LEC642
LBIA0376E
PBIC0198E
WBIA0539E
EC-946
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VK56DE]
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000001538027
Tool name
Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
EC
Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak
i.e.: (J-41416)
D
S-NT703
S-NT704
G
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure
I
S-NT815
S-NT705
P
S-NT779
EC-947
FUEL PRESSURE
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VK56DE]
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
FUEL PRESSURE
Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000001538028
ALBIA0351ZZ
EC-949
EVAP LEAK CHECK
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VK56DE]
EVAP LEAK CHECK
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage INFOID:0000000001538029
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT MODE” with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen.
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar
graph.
7. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-517,
"Description".
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port (2).
- EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- : Vehicle front
ALBIA0349ZZ
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA
EC-950
EVAP LEAK CHECK
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VK56DE]
3. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve (3) to make a closed EVAP system. A
- Fuel filler pipe (top of frame view) (1)
- EVAP control system pressure sensor (2)
- EVAP ccanister (4)
EC
- Drain filter (5)
- : Vehicle front
AWBIA0134ZZ
D
4. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to
2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
5. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. E
6. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-517, "Description"
EC-951
EVAP CANISTER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [VK56DE]
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
EVAP CANISTER
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001538030
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C.
3. Release blocked port B.
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports A and C.
5. Block port A and B.
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB2568E
EVAP CANISTER
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
BBIA0566E
BBIA0567E
EC-952
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VK56DE]
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Approximately 350 (3.57, 51)
C
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000001538033
D
Target idle speed No-load* (in P or N position) 650±50 rpm
Air conditioner: ON In P or N position 700 rpm or more
Ignition timing In P or N position 15° ± 5° BTDC E
*: Under the following conditions:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights and heater fan) F
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
EC-953
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VK56DE]
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000001538039
EC-954